US20220088332A1 - Remote ventilator adjustment - Google Patents
Remote ventilator adjustment Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220088332A1 US20220088332A1 US17/544,631 US202117544631A US2022088332A1 US 20220088332 A1 US20220088332 A1 US 20220088332A1 US 202117544631 A US202117544631 A US 202117544631A US 2022088332 A1 US2022088332 A1 US 2022088332A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- ventilator
- remote
- remote device
- user interface
- relay transceiver
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/021—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes operated by electrical means
- A61M16/022—Control means therefor
- A61M16/024—Control means therefor including calculation means, e.g. using a processor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
- G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
- G16H40/00—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices
- G16H40/60—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices
- G16H40/67—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices for remote operation
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/0057—Pumps therefor
- A61M16/0063—Compressors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/021—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes operated by electrical means
- A61M16/022—Control means therefor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
- G06F3/0481—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
- G06F3/04817—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance using icons
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
- G06F3/0481—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
- G06F3/0482—Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
- G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
- G06F3/04847—Interaction techniques to control parameter settings, e.g. interaction with sliders or dials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
- G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
- G16H20/00—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance
- G16H20/40—ICT specially adapted for therapies or health-improving plans, e.g. for handling prescriptions, for steering therapy or for monitoring patient compliance relating to mechanical, radiation or invasive therapies, e.g. surgery, laser therapy, dialysis or acupuncture
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N7/00—Television systems
- H04N7/18—Closed-circuit television [CCTV] systems, i.e. systems in which the video signal is not broadcast
- H04N7/183—Closed-circuit television [CCTV] systems, i.e. systems in which the video signal is not broadcast for receiving images from a single remote source
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/06—Respiratory or anaesthetic masks
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M16/00—Devices for influencing the respiratory system of patients by gas treatment, e.g. mouth-to-mouth respiration; Tracheal tubes
- A61M16/08—Bellows; Connecting tubes ; Water traps; Patient circuits
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/14—Detection of the presence or absence of a tube, a connector or a container in an apparatus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/35—Communication
- A61M2205/3546—Range
- A61M2205/3553—Range remote, e.g. between patient's home and doctor's office
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/35—Communication
- A61M2205/3576—Communication with non implanted data transmission devices, e.g. using external transmitter or receiver
- A61M2205/3584—Communication with non implanted data transmission devices, e.g. using external transmitter or receiver using modem, internet or bluetooth
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/50—General characteristics of the apparatus with microprocessors or computers
- A61M2205/502—User interfaces, e.g. screens or keyboards
- A61M2205/505—Touch-screens; Virtual keyboard or keypads; Virtual buttons; Soft keys; Mouse touches
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/50—General characteristics of the apparatus with microprocessors or computers
- A61M2205/52—General characteristics of the apparatus with microprocessors or computers with memories providing a history of measured variating parameters of apparatus or patient
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W84/00—Network topologies
- H04W84/18—Self-organising networks, e.g. ad-hoc networks or sensor networks
Definitions
- ventilator systems have long been used to provide ventilatory and supplemental oxygen support to patients. These ventilators typically comprise a connection for pressurized gas (air, oxygen) that is delivered to the patient through a conduit or tubing. As each patient may require a different ventilation strategy, modern ventilators can be customized for the particular needs of an individual patient. For example, several different ventilator modes or settings have been created to provide better ventilation for patients in different scenarios, such as mandatory ventilation modes, spontaneous ventilation modes, and assist-control ventilation modes. Ventilators monitor a variety of patient parameters and are well equipped to provide reports and other information regarding a patient's condition. To change modes and the settings therein, medical care professionals must interact directly with the ventilator.
- a remote device may receive an input at a remote user interface of the remote device to cause a settings change at the ventilator.
- the input may vary based on what is displayed on the remote user interface.
- the remote user interface may be a trackpad with an adjustment element.
- the input may correlate a remote position indicator with a local ventilator position indicator.
- the remote user interface may replicate a portion of the ventilator GUI.
- selectable elements at the remote user interface may be associated with an overlay to correlate with a selection at the ventilator.
- the remote device and the ventilator may be connected via a relay transceiver.
- the relay transceiver may be movable between two or more ventilators.
- the relay transceiver may have a wired connection with a ventilator and a wireless connection with a remote device.
- Multiple remote devices may be capable of connecting with a single relay transceiver. Inputs at the remote device may effectuate settings changes at the ventilator using the relay transceiver.
- the remote user interface may include user interface elements associated with physical user interface element of the ventilator (e.g., a physical bezel key or a physical dial).
- the remote user interface may include a virtual bezel key or an adjustment element.
- the remote user interface may be subdivided into sections or panels, such as a changeable section (e.g., changeable based on a view mode), a selection section, or an adjustment section.
- FIG. 1A depicts a diagram illustrating an example of a ventilator connected to a human patient.
- FIG. 1B depicts a diagram illustrating the ventilator of FIG. 1A , a remote display, and a remote device for adjusting the ventilator and/or viewing data from the ventilator.
- FIG. 1C depicts a schematic diagram illustrating features of the remote device.
- FIGS. 2A-2C depict example systems for remotely adjusting a ventilator with a remote device.
- FIG. 3 depicts an example method for remotely adjusting a ventilator based on a time-varying user input received at a remote device.
- FIG. 4 depicts another example method for remotely adjusting a ventilator based on a time-varying user input received at a remote device.
- FIGS. 5A and 5B depict example user interfaces of a ventilator and a remote device.
- FIG. 5C depicts an example remote user interface on a remote display of a remote device.
- FIG. 6 depicts a method for remotely adjusting and/or accessing a ventilator based on an input received at a remote device.
- FIGS. 7A, 7B, 7C, and 7D depict examples of a remote user interface.
- FIGS. 8A and 8B depict example systems for remotely adjusting a ventilator with a remote device.
- FIG. 9 depicts a diagram showing example allocations of relay transceivers.
- FIG. 10 depicts a method for remotely adjusting a ventilator from a perspective of a remote device.
- FIG. 11 depicts a method for remotely adjusting a ventilator from a perspective of a relay transceiver.
- FIG. 12 depicts a method for pairing a relay transceiver with multiple ventilators.
- FIG. 13 depicts a method for receiving changes to be caused at a ventilator from multiple remote devices.
- Ventilation provided to patients via a ventilator is controlled based, at least in part, on settings and inputs provided by a medical professional.
- the medical professional must directly interact with the ventilator, such as by pressing buttons, providing touch inputs, rotating knobs or dials, etc.
- Directly interacting with the ventilator may present risks to the medical professional as well as the patient. For example, physically touching different ventilators increases the risk of cross-contamination and the potential spread of diseases.
- direct interaction with a ventilator requires physical access to the ventilator, which can be a challenge particularly in the case of patients with highly contagious diseases that may be quarantined.
- the remote device receives an input at a remote user interface that is correlated or associated with a ventilator user interface displayed on the ventilator.
- the input may be a time-varying user input received over time.
- aspects of the remote user interface on the remote device are associated with physical input components (e.g., buttons, knobs, dials, switches, etc.) on the ventilator, such that an adjustment at the remote user interface causes the same change on the ventilator user interface as a physical input.
- the ventilator may be remotely controlled by a medical professional from the remote device. By being remote from the ventilator, the medical professional does not have to physically interact with the ventilator itself.
- the present technology is directly applicable to treatment of patients having highly contagious respiratory diseases, such as a coronavirus disease (COVID-19) caused by the severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2).
- COVID-19 coronavirus disease
- SARS-CoV-2 severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2
- Remotely controlling a ventilator allows for the enhancement of COVID-19 patient care by: (1) increasing patient and clinician safety, (2) reducing usage of personal protective equipment (PPE), (3) providing easily accessible patient status and wellbeing information, and (4) allowing remote consultations with global experts.
- PPE personal protective equipment
- patient and clinician safety are improved by the present technology.
- Clinician safety is improved by allowing a clinician to provide care to a contagious patient (e.g., a patient that contracted COVID-19) from outside of the patient's room. The clinician may therefore provide care with less exposure to contagion.
- patient safety is also improved by the present technology by reducing the patient's exposure to the clinician.
- a clinician may interact with multiple ventilators and multiple patients throughout a hospital and may thus spread infection even when asymptomatic. Limiting the clinician's entry into a patient room reduces the risk of cross-contamination of COVID-19, or other contagious diseases, spread by a clinician.
- the present technology reduces usage of PPE.
- a global pandemic such as COVID-19
- PPE is expensive, time-consuming to don correctly, may cause discomfort or even injury to the wearer, may impede wearer focus, and increases waste build-up due to limited reuse.
- reducing usage of PPE improves quality and speed of care, reduces cost, and protects the environment.
- conserving PPE helps a clinician by increasing comfort and preventing lack of focus or impatience caused by uncomfortable or painful PPE, preserves the availability of PPE when needed, and reduces the risk of a clinician wearing PPE incorrectly and resulting in accidental exposure to contagious diseases.
- conserveing PPE helps patients by reducing delays in patient care caused by the time needed to correctly don PPE. This delay accumulates throughout the day as clinicians reposition or replace PPE, thus reducing overall time otherwise spent with patients. By allowing access to patients without requiring PPE, clinicians may be able to provide quicker patient care.
- the present technology reduces stress of clinicians and loved ones by providing easily accessible patient status and wellbeing information.
- clinician stress may be reduced by easily viewing ventilator settings remotely. For example, a clinician may check on multiple patients while saving time otherwise spent walking from room to room. Additionally, a view of the ventilator screen and the patient's status may be available for friends and family of a contagious patient who otherwise could not be in the room with the patient (e.g., to prevent spread).
- the present technology allows remote consultation with global experts.
- a global pandemic such as COVID-19
- experts around the globe are working together to combat spread of a contagious disease.
- This includes experts such as COVID-19 recovery experts, ventilator diagnostic experts, vaccination and antibody experts, other clinical or medical experts (e.g., a clinical hotline), service experts (e.g., a manufacturer consult for if a ventilator appears to be malfunctioning), and product training experts (e.g., to consult with a manufacturer for training or use cases of a ventilator), etc.
- These experts are not located in a single treatment facility, nor are these experts located in each treatment facility.
- the present technology allows for remote ventilator view sharing for consultation with a variety of experts located around the world.
- the present technology provides a variety of advantages specific to treating COVID-19.
- the present technology has a variety of other practical applications for patient care.
- the present technology may be used for patient isolation rooms, such as when a patient has or might have a communicable disease, when PPE is required to enter a room, or if the patient or equipment inside a room presents any danger to anyone entering the room.
- the present technology may be used to limit direct interaction with a patient that is immunocompromised or otherwise susceptible to infection, such as a patient recovering from an organ transplant.
- the present technology may also be implemented when access is limited for safety, such as when a sterile procedure is being performed (e.g., limiting entry into a room while changing a wound dressing or a catheter), or when radiation is utilized (e.g., limiting exposure to a clinician in imaging rooms for computerized tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MM), x-ray imaging, etc.).
- CT computerized tomography
- MM magnetic resonance imaging
- x-ray imaging etc.
- use of the present technology may also apply to areas of a hospital that have limited access due to security, such as the maternity ward or neonatal care areas (e.g., neonatal intensive care unit, NICU).
- the present technology may also be implemented to limit movement in and out of a patient room and limit visible interactions with the ventilator. This may significantly reduce the stress of patients and visitors. For example, visitors may experience stress when watching a clinician adjust ventilator settings in person. By allowing the clinician to perform minor adjustments just outside of the room, stress of visiting family members and friends may be reduced. Additionally, remote ventilator viewing and adjustment allows visitors to have longer periods of uninterrupted time with the patient. This may be particularly impactful for certain patient populations, such as fragile NICU patients, or terminal patients.
- the present technology can also increase the speed or daily rounds by a pulmonologist, clinician, or other assigned caregiver by reducing the amount of time otherwise required to walk from bedside-to-bedside. Additionally, the present technology may provide viewing of live data for teaching opportunities, such as for study by residents, students, ongoing clinical trials, etc. Further, the present technology provides a gateway for remote collaboration and consultation by medical teams or experts located outside of a treatment facility or far away, including longer-term care facilities, home care patients, transportation of patients between facilities (e.g., a patient being transferred or travelling via plane, helicopter, or ambulance), military care locations (e.g., temporary facilities, field hospitals, aircrafts, naval vessels, etc.), or rural care facilities (e.g., rural ICUs).
- facilities e.g., a patient being transferred or travelling via plane, helicopter, or ambulance
- military care locations e.g., temporary facilities, field hospitals, aircrafts, naval vessels, etc.
- rural care facilities e.g., rural ICUs.
- FIG. 1A depicts a diagram illustrating an example of a ventilator 100 connected to a human patient 150 .
- Ventilator 100 includes a pneumatic system 102 (also referred to as a pressure generating system 102 ) for circulating breathing gases to and from patient 150 via the ventilation tubing system 130 , which couples the patient to the pneumatic system via an invasive (e.g., endotracheal tube, as shown) or a non-invasive (e.g., nasal mask) patient interface 180 .
- invasive e.g., endotracheal tube, as shown
- non-invasive e.g., nasal mask
- Ventilation tubing system 130 may be a two-limb (shown) or a one-limb circuit for carrying gases to and from the patient 150 .
- a fitting typically referred to as a “wye-fitting” 170 , may be provided to couple the patient interface 180 to an inhalation limb 134 and an exhalation limb 132 of the ventilation tubing system 130 .
- Pneumatic system 102 may have a variety of configurations.
- system 102 includes an exhalation module 108 coupled with the exhalation limb 132 and an inhalation module 104 coupled with the inhalation limb 134 .
- Compressor 106 or other source(s) of pressurized gases e.g., air, oxygen, and/or helium
- the pneumatic system 102 may include a variety of other components, including mixing modules, valves, sensors, tubing, accumulators, filters, etc.
- Controller 110 is operatively coupled with pneumatic system 102 , signal measurement and acquisition systems, and an operator interface 120 that may enable an operator to interact with the ventilator 100 (e.g., change ventilator settings, select operational modes, view monitored parameters, etc.). Controller 110 may include memory 112 , one or more processors 116 , storage 114 , and/or other components of the type found in command and control computing devices. In the depicted example, operator interface 120 includes a display 122 that may be touch-sensitive and/or voice-activated, enabling the display 122 to serve both as an input and output device.
- the memory 112 includes non-transitory, computer-readable hardware storage media that stores software that is executed by the processor 116 and which controls the operation of the ventilator 100 .
- the memory 112 includes one or more solid-state storage devices such as flash memory chips.
- the memory 112 may be mass storage connected to the processor 116 through a mass storage controller (not shown) and a communications bus (not shown).
- FIG. 1B depicts a diagram illustrating the ventilator 100 of FIG. 1A , a first remote device 160 , and a second remote device 194 .
- the first remote device 160 and the second remote device 194 may be capable of adjusting the ventilator 100 and/or viewing data from the ventilator 100 .
- the display 122 of the ventilator is communicatively coupled to the remainder of the ventilator components, such as memory, processors, sensors, etc.
- the display 122 is configured to display the ventilator graphical user interface (GUI) 123 .
- GUI ventilator graphical user interface
- the ventilator GUI 123 may be an interactive display, e.g., a touch-sensitive screen or otherwise, and may provide various windows (i.e., visual areas) comprising elements for receiving user input and interface command operations and for displaying ventilatory information (e.g., ventilatory data, alerts, patient information, parameter settings, etc.).
- the elements may include controls, graphics, charts, tool bars, input fields, icons, etc.
- other suitable means for providing input may be provided on the ventilator 100 , for instance by a wheel, dial, knob, keyboard, mouse, bezel key, or other suitable interactive device.
- ventilator user interface 123 on the display may accept commands and input through display 122 as touch input or through other input devices. Inputs may be received by the ventilator 100 from a clinician 190 .
- the ventilator user interface 123 may also provide useful information in the form of various ventilatory data regarding ventilation of the patient, the physical condition of a patient, and/or a prescribed respiratory treatment.
- the useful information may be derived by the ventilator 100 , based on data collected by sensors, and the useful information may be displayed in the form of graphs, wave representations (e.g., a waveform), pie graphs, numbers, or other suitable forms of graphic display.
- the ventilator user interface 123 may provide selectable and/or adjustable ventilator control elements to select or adjust associated ventilatory settings.
- the ventilator control element may be an icon on the ventilator user interface 123 .
- the ventilator control element may be a physical input at the ventilator 100 .
- Ventilatory settings may include any appropriate input for configuring the ventilator to deliver breathable gases to a particular patient, including measurements and settings associated with exhalation flow of the breathing circuit. Ventilatory settings may be entered or adjusted, e.g., by a clinician based on a prescribed treatment protocol for the particular patient, or automatically generated by the ventilator, e.g., based on attributes (i.e., age, diagnosis, ideal body weight, gender, etc.) of the particular patient according to any appropriate standard protocol or otherwise. Ventilatory settings may include inhalation flow, frequency of delivered breaths (e.g., respiratory rate), tidal volume, positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP), etc.
- PEEP positive end-expiratory pressure
- the first remote device 160 may include a first remote display 162 that is capable of displaying a first remote GUI 163 .
- the second remote device 194 may include a second remote display 196 that is capable of displaying a second remote GUI 198 .
- the first remote device 160 may be a tablet computer and the second remote device 194 may be a laptop computer.
- Other types of devices are also possible.
- the first remote GUI 163 and the second remote GUI 198 may replicate the ventilator GUI 123 , or a portion thereof
- the first remote GUI 163 or the second remote GUI 198 may display alternate views or perspectives of the ventilator GUI 123 .
- the first remote GUI 163 may be different from the second remote GUI 168 .
- the first remote display 162 and/or the second remote display 196 may be a touchscreen for receiving inputs and interactions with the first remote GUI 163 and the second remote GUI 198 , respectively.
- the first remote device 160 and/or the second remote device 194 may also include other input means, including voice input or other input elements such as keyboards, buttons, wheels, mouse, trackpad, bezel key, etc. for inputting data into the first remote device 160 and the second remote device 194 , respectively.
- the first remote device 160 may establish a first wired or wireless connection 164 with the ventilator 100 .
- the second remote device 194 may also establish a second wired or wireless connection 192 with the ventilator 100 .
- the first wired or wireless connection 164 and the second wired or wireless connection 192 may be any type of connection capable of transmitting data between two devices, such as radio-frequency wireless connections, cables, etc.
- the first wired or wireless connection 164 and/or the second wired or wireless connection 192 may be a WIFI-based connection, a BLUETOOTH-based connection, an RF-LITE-based connection, a ZIGBEE-based connection, an ultra-wideband-based connection, an Ethernet connection, a network-based connection (e.g., local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN), etc.), an Internet-based connection, and/or an optical connection, such as an infrared-based connection.
- LAN local area network
- WAN wide area network
- an optical connection such as an infrared-based connection.
- the first wired or wireless connection 164 and the second wired or wireless connection 192 may be used to transmit data to the ventilator 100 and/or receive data from the ventilator 100 via a data signal.
- data may be transmitted, via the first wired or wireless connection 164 and/or the second wired or wireless connection 192 , from the ventilator 100 to the first remote device 160 and/or the second remote device 194 .
- the transmitted data or data signal may be used to populate one or more of the first remote GUI 163 and the second remote GUI 198 .
- data may be transmitted, via the first wired or wireless connection 164 and/or second wired or wireless connection 192 , from the first remote device 160 and/or second remote device 194 to the ventilator 100 .
- the transmitted data may be indicative of an input or change in a value associated with a ventilatory setting for the ventilator 100 , as received as an input at the first remote device 160 or the second remote device 194 .
- the input may be received over a period of time, or alternatively may be associated with one point in time. Accordingly, settings for the ventilator 100 may be changed remotely via the first remote device 160 and/or second remote device 194 .
- the first remote device 160 may display a first remote GUI 163 that is interactive, or available to receive a time-varying user input at the first remote device 160 .
- the first remote device 160 may be non-interactive (e.g., the first remote GUI 163 may be limited to remote viewing of the ventilator GUI 123 without accepting any inputs or adjustments).
- the first remote GUI 163 may be the same (e.g., replicated) or different from the ventilator GUI 123 .
- the first remote GUI 163 may be a virtual trackpad.
- the first remote GUI 163 may be a user interface that is specific to attributes of the first remote device 160 .
- the first remote GUI 163 may manipulate UI elements of the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., change all or a portion of element size or orientation, reorganize, show a subset of elements, etc.) based on screen size, application real estate, type of device (e.g., mobile device, tablet, laptop, etc.). As another example, the first remote GUI 163 may fill all or a portion of the first remote display 162 of the first remote device 160 .
- the second remote device 194 may display a second remote GUI 198 that may be the same or different from the first remote GUI 163 .
- the first remote device 160 may be interactive, while the second remote device 194 may non-interactive, or display-only.
- the first remote device 160 may be a tablet with a first screen size and manipulated UI elements
- the second remote device 194 may be a laptop with a second screen size replicating the ventilator GUI 123 .
- a time-varying user input may be received at the first remote device 160 or second remote device 194 at a first remote position indicator 165 or second remote position indicator 199 , such as registered touch on a touchscreen, hovering over a touchscreen, a mouse cursor position, a trackpad cursor position, selected UI elements, etc.
- the first remote position indicator 165 and/or second remote position indicator 199 may be correlated with, or correspond to, a local ventilator position indicator 127 on the ventilator GUI 123 .
- the local ventilator position indicator 127 may be a cursor or other visual element that indicates a current selection position.
- the ventilator 100 may send data via a data signal to the interactive first remote device 160 and/or second remote device 194 to allow replication of portions of the ventilator GUI 123 , including the local ventilator position indicator 127 .
- the ventilator 100 may include at least one physical input component 129 .
- the physical input component 129 may be a button, wheel, dial, slide, switch, key, etc.
- the physical input component 129 may be positioned or located on the ventilator 100 outside of the ventilator GUI 123 .
- a physical input, from a clinician, at the physical input component 129 may be associated with an adjustment of a selected ventilator control element on the ventilator GUI 123 .
- the second remote GUI 198 may include one or more remote adjustment elements 197 correlated with or associated with a physical input at the physical input component 129 .
- the remote adjustment elements 197 may be virtual elements that are displayed on the second remote GUI 198 .
- the remote adjustment elements 197 may also be displayed in a format that is based on the corresponding physical input component. For instance, in the example depicted, the remote adjustment element 197 appears as a virtual dial, and the remote adjustment element may be manipulated in the same manner as a dial (e.g., a touch input to rotate the virtual dial, as may be received over time).
- An adjustment input associated with the remote adjustment element 197 on the second remote GUI 198 may be transmitted through a data signal over the second wired or wireless connection 192 to the ventilator 100 .
- the ventilator may determine a change in a selected ventilator setting as if the physical input component 129 was physically adjusted.
- the remote adjustment element may be overlaid or outside of user interface elements displayed on the second remote GUI 198 .
- a clinician may perform an input action at the remote device (e.g., first remote device 160 and/or second remote device 194 ) to effectuate a change at the ventilator 100 .
- a user action received at the remote device may be a user input (as may be a time-varying) or other user interaction, as otherwise described herein.
- an input action may be received at a wheel, dial, knob, keyboard, mouse, bezel key, touchpad, microphone, or other suitable interactive device associated with the remote device.
- Physical buttons and/or keys on a keyboard may include up or down arrows, numerical keys, mouse buttons, a mouse wheel, etc.
- the input action received at a suitable interactive device communicatively coupled with a remote device may then be associated with an input at the ventilator 100 . For instance, an input action of selecting an up arrow on a keyboard communicatively coupled to the remote device may increase a value at the ventilator 100 .
- Scrolling a mouse wheel associated with the remote device may also effectuate a change at the ventilator 100 .
- scrolling a mouse wheel associated with the remote device may increase or decrease a value at the ventilator 100 .
- a scroll of a mouse wheel at the remote device may change a value associated with the selection at the ventilator 100 .
- a scroll of a mouse wheel associated with the remote device may change an associated value at the ventilator 100 without a prior selection at the remote device (e.g., a value associated with a current position indicator or cursor without a selection).
- a mouse wheel is described, it should be appreciated that these examples may be applied to any rotatable element, such as a physical wheel, dial, or any other variable, physical input associated with the remote device.
- An input action at the remote device may also be a gesture.
- a gesture received at the remote device may be associated with a change at the ventilator 100 .
- the change at the ventilator 100 may be the same result as if the gesture were directly received at the ventilator GUI 123 .
- a gesture at the remote device may be received at any of the interactive devices described herein (e.g., mouse, touchpad, touchscreen, etc.).
- a variety of gestures may be supported by the remote device, including a swipe, double-tap, drag, touch and hold, drag and drop, etc.
- One or more controls on the ventilator GUI 123 may be configurable to change in response to one or more gestures at the remote device.
- Gestures at the remote device may cause visual changes (or visually change) of one or more portions of the ventilator GUI 123 , such as maximizing, minimizing, enlarging, shrinking, expanding, collapsing, scrolling, condensing, or otherwise augmenting the view of a portion of the ventilator GUI 123 .
- One or more gestures at the remote device may effectuate the same or similar visual changes on one or more portions of the ventilator GUI 123 . Examples of a portion of the ventilator GUI 123 that may be visually changed include a dialog, panel, waveform, tooltip, list, alarm, alarm banner, patient data, patient data panel, graph axis scale, waveform cursor, scrollbar, etc., on the ventilator GUI 123 .
- a swipe gesture may include substantially linear movement in a specific direction.
- a swipe gesture includes a line with a start position and an end position.
- the movement associated with the swipe is rapid.
- a swipe at the remote device, or a swipe at the remote GUI of the remote device e.g., first remote GUI 163 of first remote device 160 or at a second remote GUI 198 at second remote device 194 , may visually change a portion of the ventilator GUI 123 .
- a swipe toward the center of the remote GUI may open a dialog and/or panel on the ventilator GUI 123 , and a swipe toward a side (e.g., right side, left side, top side, bottom side) of the remote GUI may close a dialog and/or panel on the ventilator GUI 123 .
- the dialogs and/or panels may slide in or out from one or more sides of the ventilator GUI 123 and/or remote GUI.
- a paused waveform on the ventilator GUI 123 may be moved in a desired direction on the ventilator GUI 123 by a swipe at the remote device in the desired direction.
- a portion of the swipe gesture received at the remote device i.e., a portion of the line which may include the start position and/or end position
- a portion of a control on the ventilator GUI 123 e.g., overlaps a control on the ventilator GUI 123
- a visual aspect of the control on the ventilator GUI 123 may change.
- a swipe at the remote GUI for which at least a portion of the swipe is associated with a portion of a waveform on the ventilator GUI 123 , may cause a visual change of the waveform on the ventilator GUI 123 .
- an upward swipe at the remote device that is associated with an overlap of a waveform on a ventilation GUI 123 may maximize or enlarge the waveform, while a downward swipe may minimize or shrink the waveform.
- a swipe at the remote GUI for which at least a portion of the swipe is associated with a portion of a tooltip on the ventilator GUI 123 , may cause a change in the displayed description associated with the tooltip.
- a tooltip is information related to providing assistance or help related to the ventilator 100 and/or user interface elements displayed on the ventilator GUI 123 .
- an upward swipe at the remote device that is associated with an overlap of a tooltip on the ventilator GUI 123 may expand the tooltip description (e.g., display a longer description or open the description), while a downward swipe may collapse the tooltip description (e.g., display a shorter description or close the description).
- a swipe at the remote GUI may cause a change in the display of the patient panel.
- an upward swipe at the remote device that is associated with an overlap of a patient panel on the ventilator GUI 123 may display additional information (e.g., open the patient panel or open an additional patient panel or otherwise display additional information associated with the patient) on the ventilator GUI 123 , while a downward swipe may enlarge aspects of the patient panel (e.g., display larger font).
- a double-tap gesture may include two selection inputs (e.g., mouse clicks, touches, button presses, etc.) associated with a substantially same position within a shortened time or in rapid succession.
- a double-tap at the remote device may visually change a portion of the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., at a position on the ventilator GUI 123 associated with the position at which the double-tap is received at the remote device).
- a double-tap received at the remote device may maximize or minimize a portion of a waveform on the ventilator GUI 123 , expand or collapse a tooltip description (e.g., as may be similar to swiping over a tooltip) on the ventilation GUI 123 , display a pop-up menu on the ventilator GUI 123 , etc.
- a tooltip description e.g., as may be similar to swiping over a tooltip
- a drag gesture may include an uninterrupted selection and movement.
- a drag may include movement of a touch interaction across a touch surface without losing contact with the touch surface.
- the drag gesture may be similar to a swipe gesture over a longer time and/or at a slower speed.
- a drag gesture at the remote device may visually change a portion of the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., at one or more positions on the ventilator GUI 123 associated with one or more positions at which the drag gesture was received at the remote device).
- a drag at the remote device may scroll through a list on the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., drag upward, drag downward, drag to the right, or drag to the left, or any combination of directions).
- the scroll on the ventilator GUI 123 may be in the same or opposite direction of that of the drag at the remote device.
- the scroll speed may be based on a distance of the associated drag outside of a boundary of the list. For instance, a drag at the remote device associated with a position at the ventilator GUI 123 that is further outside the boundary of a list may cause faster scrolling of the list at the ventilator GUI 123 .
- Scrolling on the ventilator GUI 123 may be automatic when the drag at the remote device begins at a position associated inside the list and ends at a position associated outside the list.
- a drag at the remote device that is associated with an axis of a graph on the ventilator GUI 123 may change a scale of the graph axis. For instance, a drag to the right at the remote device may increase the scale of the axis of a graph on the ventilator GUI 123 , a drag to the left may decrease the scale of the axis, an upward drag may increase a scale of a y-axis of the graph, a downward drag may decrease the scale of the y-axis of the graph, etc.
- a drag at the remote device may move a cursor on the waveform and/or the graph of the waveform on the ventilator GUI 123 .
- a touch and hold gesture may include a continuous selection lapsing at least a threshold of time.
- a touch and hold gesture may include a selection continuously received for at least 0.5 seconds.
- a touch and hold at the remote device may visually change a portion of the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., at the position on the ventilator GUI 123 associated with the position at which the touch and hold is received at the remote device).
- a touch and hold received at the remote device may display a tooltip dialog for a user interface element on the ventilator GUI 123 .
- a tooltip dialog appearing on the ventilator GUI 123 as a result of a touch and hold at a remote device may be visually emphasized (e.g., highlighting, tinting, blinking, glowing, etc.) to indicate an association with a touch and hold gesture.
- a drag and drop gesture may include an uninterrupted selection and movement (i.e., drag gesture) accompanied by a de-selection.
- a drag and drop gesture may include receiving a touch selection, drag, and touch release at the remote device, associated with a portion of the ventilator GUI 123 .
- a drag and drop gesture at the remote device may visually change a portion of the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., at a position on the ventilator GUI 123 associated with a start position and/or end position at which the drag and drop is received at the remote device).
- a drag and drop received at the remote device may visually display a help icon on the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., dragging and dropping) onto a displayed user interface element on the ventilator GUI 123 .
- a help description may be displayed (e.g., a help description associated with the user interface element onto which the help icon was dropped).
- a visual indication of whether additional information is available for the overlaid element may be displayed (e.g., the overlaid element and/or the dragged help icon may be glowing, highlighted, display a symbol or other icon, etc.).
- the remote device may have a variety of configurations or may have limited components.
- the remote device may not include a display or may not include a computer.
- the remote device may be a peripheral device for receiving a clinician's input at the remote device (e.g., mouse, keyboard, touchpad, microphone, number pads, etc.).
- the remote device may be a peripheral device for receiving input from a clinician that sends information associated with the input to the ventilator 100 .
- the ventilator 100 may be “headless” (e.g., have no display or GUI) and may send display information to a display device, such as replicate display device 216 in FIG. 2A .
- the ventilator 100 may receive information from a peripheral device (i.e., the remote device) and then send display information to a third device that may be positioned remotely from the ventilator 100 (e.g., outside of a room in which the ventilator 100 is located and/or in a different room from which the ventilator 100 is located).
- FIG. 1C depicts a schematic diagram illustrating features of the first remote device 160 and second remote device 194 .
- first remote device 160 and/or the second remote device 194 may be a tablet, smartphone, laptop, or other type of computing device.
- the first remote device 160 may be different from the second remote device 194 .
- the first remote device 160 and second remote device 194 typically include at least one processor 171 and hardware memory 173 .
- memory 173 storing, among other things, instructions to perform the proximity, control, and display methods disclosed herein
- first remote device 160 and second remote device 194 may also include storage devices (removable, 177 , and/or non-removable, 179 ) including, but not limited to, solid-state devices, magnetic or optical disks, or tape.
- first remote device 160 and second remote device 194 can also have input device(s) 183 such as touch screens, keyboard, mouse, pen, voice input, etc., and/or output device(s) 181 such as a display, speakers, printer, etc.
- input device(s) 183 such as touch screens, keyboard, mouse, pen, voice input, etc.
- output device(s) 181 such as a display, speakers, printer, etc.
- Also included in the environment can be one or more communication connections 185 , such as LAN, WAN, point to point, Bluetooth, RF, etc.
- the first remote device 160 and second remote device 194 may each be a single computing device operating in a networked environment using logical connections to one or more remote computers.
- the remote computer can be a personal computer, a server, a router, a network PC, a peer device or other common network node, and typically includes many or all of the elements described above as well as others not so mentioned.
- the logical connections can include any method supported by available communications media. Such networking environments may be commonplace in hospitals, offices, enterprise-wide computer networks, intranets, and the Internet.
- FIGS. 2A-2C depict example systems for remotely adjusting a ventilator 202 with a remote device 226 . More specifically, FIG. 2A depicts an example system 200 A for remote adjustment of a ventilator 202 based on an input, as may be time-varying, received at a remote device 226 .
- the system 200 A includes a ventilator 202 , a replicate display device 216 , and a remote device 226 .
- the ventilator 202 may be similar to ventilator 100 described herein.
- the ventilator 202 may include a display 204 (similar to display 122 ) and a ventilator GUI 206 (similar to ventilator GUI 123 ).
- the ventilator GUI 206 may include a local ventilator position indicator 208 (similar to local ventilator position indicator 127 ).
- the local ventilator position indicator 208 may also include past movement data 210 .
- the past movement data 210 may indicate the prior position of the local ventilator position indicator 208 or a vector of prior positions of the local ventilator position indicator 208 . In some sense, the past movement data 210 may effectively be a trail of the local ventilator position indicator 208 . All, or a portion of, the past movement data 210 may be displayed as an indicator on the ventilator GUI 206 and/or remote GUI 230 .
- the ventilator 202 may be physically separated or distanced from the replicate display device 216 and/or the remote device 226 by a physical separation 212 , such as a distance, a room, a wall or separator, a door, a window, a screen, etc.
- the ventilator GUI 123 may not be visible from the location of the remote device 226 .
- the replicate display device 216 and the remote device 226 may be communicatively coupled to the ventilator via a first wired or wireless connection 214 A and a second wired or wireless connection 214 B, respectively, which may be similar to wired or wireless connections 164 , 192 .
- the first wired or wireless connection 214 A and the second wired or wireless connection 214 B may be different.
- the replicate display device 216 includes a replicate display 218 with a replicate GUI 220 .
- the replicate display device 216 receives data via the wired or wireless connection 214 A to replicate the ventilator GUI 206 , which may include a replicate position indicator 222 (replicating the ventilator position indicator 208 ).
- the replicate position indicator 222 and the ventilator position indicator 208 may be based on past movement data 210 , 224 .
- the replicate GUI 220 may replicate all or a portion of the ventilator GUI 206 . Additionally or alternatively, the replicate GUI 220 may display a different view or perspective of the ventilator GUI 206 and/or display 204 .
- the wired or wireless connection 214 A between the ventilator 202 and the replicate display device 216 may be one-way such that data is transmitted from the ventilator 202 to the replicate display device 216 .
- the replicate display device 216 may be non-interactive.
- the replicate display device 216 may be a television or a monitor.
- the replicate display device 216 may be located outside of separation 212 or, alternatively, located proximate to the ventilator 100 . In an example where the replicate display device 216 is located proximate to the ventilator 100 , the replicate display device 216 may be positioned to allow visibility of the replicate display 218 from outside of the separation 212 . For example, the replicate display device 216 may be mounted inside of a room of a hospital, facing outward, or alternatively mounted outside of the room. In either of these examples, the replicate GUI 220 of the replicate display device 216 may be viewable from outside of the room by a clinician using a remote device 226 .
- the replicate display device 216 and the remote device 226 may be proximate one another, such that a user of the remote device 226 may track the replicate position indicator 222 on the replicate GUI 220 (replicated from the local ventilator position indicator 208 on the ventilator GUI 206 ) as the user moves the trackpad (also moving the remote position indicator 232 ).
- the remote device 226 may include a remote display 228 with a remote GUI 230 .
- the remote device 226 may be similar to the remote devices 160 , 194 described in FIGS. 1B and 1C .
- the remote GUI 230 may include a remote position indicator 232 based on remote past movement data 234 .
- the remote GUI 230 may also include a first remote adjustment element 236 and a second remote adjustment element 238 , which may allow a virtual adjustment of a physical input component 129 of the ventilator 100 .
- first remote adjustment element 236 and the second remote adjustment element 238 may be a variety of inputs, including a virtual numerical input, a slider bar, a dial, a wheel, an arrow, an up/down control, a voice input, a haptic input, etc. While the remote adjustment element 236 and the second remote adjustment element 238 are generally virtual elements displayed in a GUI, in some examples, the remote adjustment element 236 and/or the second remote adjustment element 238 may be a physical element (such as a physical dial) that is incorporated on the remote device 226 . In an example, the first remote adjustment element 236 and the second remote adjustment element 238 may be different. For example, the first remote adjustment element 236 may be a dial and the second remote adjustment element 238 may be up/down controls.
- the remote device receives position and selection input from a user which corresponding to a ventilator setting. That position and selection input is sent to the ventilator, which causes the ventilator setting to be selected. Once that setting is selected, the user can interact with the remote adjustment elements 236 , 238 to adjust the setting. The interactions with the remote adjustment elements are transmitted as adjustment data to the ventilator to change the setting.
- the remote GUI 230 of the remote device 226 may include a virtual trackpad.
- the remote GUI 230 may include a portion of the remote GUI 230 to appear blank or otherwise lack any user interface elements.
- all or a portion of the elements displayed on the replicate GUI 220 may be displayed on a portion of the remote GUI 230 .
- a portion of the replicate GUI 220 may be displayed on the remote GUI 230 adjacent to a trackpad.
- the virtual trackpad may allow for a remote position indicator 232 on the remote device 226 to be correlated with the local ventilator position indicator 208 on the ventilator 202 .
- the correlated position information based on a position input, may be sent to the ventilator 202 over the wired or wireless connection 214 B.
- the position input may be a time-varying user input.
- Correlation of the remote position indicator 232 with the local ventilator position indicator 208 may be determined based on a one-to-one overlay and/or may be movement-based.
- the direct correlation is an overlay
- a one-to-one overlay may occur where the ventilator GUI 206 is replicated on the remote GUI 230 of the remote device 226 . Accordingly, an input at a remote position indicator 232 on the remote GUI 230 may have a direct correspondence with a local ventilator position indicator 208 on the ventilator GUI 206 .
- remote past movement data 234 on the remote GUI 230 may be associated with a local ventilator past movement data 210 .
- the local ventilator position indicator 208 may change location or position on the ventilator GUI 206 based on the remote past movement data 234 , irrespective of an x-y coordinate of the remote past movement data 234 .
- the starting position of the remote past movement data 234 may be zeroed for the local ventilator position indicator 208 .
- dragging the remote position indicator 232 on the virtual trackpad causes a corresponding movement of the local ventilator position indicator 208 .
- the features of the remote GUI 230 may have various advantages.
- the use of a virtual trackpad allows for the transmission of position and click (or gesture) information, rather than commands for specific setting types and values for those settings.
- correlation of inputs to a virtual trackpad may reduce translation requirements and errors in data signals sent from the remote device 226 to the ventilator 202 , because the remote device is responsible only for the trackpad data (positions, clicks, gestures) and not specific ventilator settings such as breath modes, etc. (for which the ventilator remains responsible).
- a virtual trackpad may not need to be device-specific and may have a faster learning curve for users.
- a remote GUI with user interface elements (such as the remote GUI 198 described in FIG. 1B ) may also have advantages.
- a remote GUI with user interface elements may not require a replicate display device 216 and may lower the amount of time and/or energy of a user comparing an input with a replicate display 218 to understand what is happening on the ventilator 202 .
- aspects of the present technology may include one or more features of each example of the remote GUI 230 , 163 .
- the remote device 226 may receive an input associated with the remote GUI 230 .
- the input may be a movement of the remote position indicator 232 over time, a selection input at the remote position indicator 232 at a position, an adjustment input of a remote adjustment element 236 , 238 at the remote position indicator 232 over time or at one point in time, or any other user input at the remote GUI 230 .
- the remote position indicator 232 may be displayed on the remote GUI 230 .
- the remote device 226 may determine input information to send to the ventilator 202 over the connection 214 B.
- the input information may include remote position and/or coordinate information, movement information, selection information, or adjustment information, based on the input received at the remote device 226 .
- the ventilator 202 may receive the input information and determine an associated ventilator input.
- the ventilator input associated with movement information may be moving a local ventilator position indicator 208 displayed on the ventilator GUI 206 .
- the ventilator input associated with selection information may be selecting a ventilator control element displayed on the ventilator GUI 206 .
- the ventilator input associated with adjustment information may be adjusting a value or values associated with a selected ventilator control element.
- the ventilator may update one or more ventilation settings associated with the ventilator input, and/or update the ventilator GUI 206 based on the ventilator input (e.g., moving a local ventilator position indicator 208 , selecting a ventilator control element on the ventilator GUI 206 , or adjusting a selected ventilator control element).
- the ventilator 202 may send update information to the replicate display device 216 and/or the remote device 226 over the wired or wireless connections 214 A, 214 B.
- the update information may include display information used to replicate all or a portion of the ventilator GUI 206 and/or value information associated with a change in a value of a selected ventilator control element.
- the display information may include local ventilator position indicator 208 .
- the local ventilator position indicator 208 may be displayed on the ventilator GUI 206 and/or the replicate GUI 220 . In an example, the local ventilator position indicator 208 may be displayed on the replicate GUI 220 , but not the ventilator GUI 206 .
- the remote device 226 and/or replicate display device 216 may be dedicated to, or specific to, one ventilator 202 , or may be capable of communicating with a plurality of ventilators 202 over one or more separations 212 .
- the remote device 226 may be portable.
- the remote device 226 and/or replicate display device 216 may also be a part of a central monitoring system communicatively coupled with a plurality of ventilators in one or more facilities.
- the replicate display device 216 may be specific to one ventilator 202 while the remote device 226 may be capable of communicating with multiple ventilators.
- the remote device 226 may be specific to one ventilator 202 while the replicate display device 216 may be capable of receiving display information from multiple ventilators. In a further example, both the replicate display device 216 and the remote device 226 are specific to one ventilator 202 .
- FIG. 2B depicts another example system 200 B for remote adjustment of a ventilator 202 based on a time-varying user input received at a remote device 226 .
- System 200 B is similar to system 200 A, with the exception of an intermediate device 240 , such as a relay transceiver or remote-control accessory, which may be located communicatively between the ventilator 202 and the remote device 226 to relay communications.
- the intermediate device 240 may have similar computing components as remote devices 160 , 194 , 226 described in FIGS. 1B, 1C, and 2A .
- Intermediate device 240 may be proximate to the ventilator 202 , such as located inside the separation 212 .
- Intermediate device 240 may receive data from remote device 226 over wired or wireless connection 214 C.
- the intermediate device 240 may then relay the data to the ventilator 202 over wired or wireless connection 214 B.
- the intermediate device 240 may act as a relay and/or translator to process or translate the data received from the remote device 226 prior to relaying processed data to the ventilator 202 .
- the intermediate device 240 may translate the selection and position information received from the remote device 226 into a format that can be processed by the ventilator 202 .
- the intermediate device 240 may be controlled by the remote device 226 similar to how the remote device 226 controls the ventilator 202 in FIGS. 1B and 2A .
- the intermediate device 240 may be specific to one ventilator 202 or may be capable of communicating with multiple ventilators 202 .
- the intermediate device 240 is specific to one ventilator 202 while the remote device 226 may be capable of communicating with multiple ventilators 202 via multiple intermediate devices 240 .
- a first ventilator may have a wired connection with a first intermediate device and a second ventilator may have a wired connection with a second intermediate device and a remote device may be capable of controlling the first intermediate device and the second intermediate device via a wireless connection.
- the intermediate device 240 may have a wired connection 214 B with the ventilator 100 to facilitate a wireless connection 214 C between the intermediate device 240 and the remote device 226 .
- FIG. 2C depicts another example system 200 C for remote adjustment of a ventilator 202 based on a time-varying user input received at a remote device 226 .
- System 200 C is similar to system 200 B, with the exception of no replicate display device 216 and the remote GUI 230 including a remote trackpad GUI 230 A and remote replicate display GUI 230 B side by side on the same display.
- the replicate GUI 220 may be displayed on the remote replicate display GUI 230 B, thus rendering a replicate display device 216 redundant.
- the ventilator 202 may send update information (e.g., display information and/or value information) to the intermediate device 240 over the wired or wireless connection 214 B, which may relay the update information to the remote device 226 over the wired or wireless connection 214 C.
- update information e.g., display information and/or value information
- FIG. 3 depicts an example method 300 for remotely adjusting a ventilator (e.g., ventilator 100 , 202 ) based on a time-varying user input received at a remote device (e.g., remote device 160 , 194 , 226 ).
- the operations of method 300 may be performed by the ventilator and/or other components described in the above systems.
- the ventilator displays, on a display (e.g., display 122 , 204 ), a ventilator user interface (e.g., ventilator GUI 123 , 206 ) comprising a ventilator control element.
- a ventilator user interface e.g., ventilator GUI 123 , 206
- a ventilator control element may be a graphical element for adjusting settings or entering data.
- the settings or data may include a new patient entry, a stored patient entry, setup information (such as predicted body weight, gender, height, or other patient information), ventilation type (e.g., invasive, NIV, HFO 2 T),mode (e.g., A/C, SIMV, SPONT, BiLevel, CPAP), mandatory type (e.g., PC, VC, VC+), spontaneous type (e.g., PS, TC, VS, PAV+), trigger type (e.g., P-Trig, V-Trig, IE Sync), respiratory rate (f), tidal volume (V T ), peak inspiratory flow ( ⁇ dot over (V) ⁇ MAX ), flow sensitivity ( ⁇ dot over (V) ⁇ SENS ), oxygen concentration (O 2 %), peak circuit pressure (P PEAK ), plateau time (T PL ), positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP),
- the ventilator control element on the ventilator GUI may be another type of user interface element, such as an icon, a control, a checkbox, a radio button, a dropdown list, a button, a toggle, a text field, a slider, a page tab, a search field, a tag, etc.
- the ventilator control element may be an icon representing inspiratory time (T I ).
- the ventilator control element representing inspiratory time may be selectable and include an adjustable value. For example, the value associated with the inspiratory time may be 0.40 seconds.
- the ventilator receives, from a remote device, selection data including position information and selection information.
- the selection data may be received over a wired or wireless connection (such as connections 164 , 192 , 214 A, 214 B, 214 C).
- the position information may be associated with a remote position indicator (such as remote position indicators 165 , 199 , 232 ) and/or a local ventilator position indicator (such as local ventilator position indicators 127 , 208 ).
- the position information may be correlated between coordinates of the remote device user interface and the ventilator user interface.
- Selection information may be any information associated with a selection (e.g., activation or click) of a ventilator user interface element at the position indicated by the position information. It should also be appreciated that the ventilator may receive separate data for position information and/or selection information.
- position data may include position information related to a change in position of a remote position indicator (such as a movement shown by past movement data 210 and/or remote past movement data 234 ). The position information may or may not be associated with selection information (e.g., when a remote position indicator moves without a selection).
- selection data may include selection information without position information (e.g., when a mouse is clicked without moving). In this example, the selection information may be associated with a current position indicator on the ventilator.
- the ventilator determines a selection of the ventilator control element based on received selection data. For example, if the position information and the selection information associated with a local ventilator position indicator are associated with (correspond with or are correlated with) coordinates of a ventilator control element on the ventilator user interface, then the associated ventilator control element may be selected by the ventilator.
- a ventilator control element representing inspiratory time (T I ) may be associated with a set of coordinates or a region on the ventilator GUI. In this example, the ventilator control element representing inspiratory time is selected when the position information of the selection is associated with the set of coordinates of region on the ventilator GUI associated with the ventilator control element.
- the ventilator displays, on the user interface, a value associated with the selected ventilator control element.
- the ventilator may also display an indication of the selected ventilator control element.
- An indication of the selected ventilator control element may include bolding, highlighting, blinking, resizing, replicating, or any other form of emphasizing the ventilator control element.
- the value associated with the selected ventilator control element may be a selectable, scalable, adjustable, or otherwise variable.
- the value may be displayed on, or as a part of, the ventilator control element. Additionally or alternatively, the value may be displayed in another location on the user interface of the ventilator. In another example, a local ventilator position indicator may be displayed.
- the ventilator control element represents inspiratory time (T I )
- the ventilator control element may be emphasized on the ventilator GUI, for example by bolding, highlighting, etc., and the value of 0.40 seconds associated with the inspiratory time may be adjustable.
- the ventilator receives, from the remote device, adjustment data.
- the adjustment data is generated from interactions with the remote adjustment elements (e.g., dial, up/down buttons).
- the adjustment data is associated with the selected ventilator control element.
- the adjustment data may be correlated with an adjustment on the ventilator (via the user interface, or via physical input at a physical input component, such as physical input component 129 ) and an adjustment on the remote device. For instance, rotation of the virtual dial generates adjustment data that may correspond to the same type of rotation on the physical dial of the ventilator.
- the ventilator determines a change in the value associated with the selected ventilator control element.
- the value may be adjustable at the ventilator based on a physical input at a physical input component (such as an angle of rotation of a dial).
- the adjustment information may be associated with a virtual rotation of a virtual dial (as received at the remote device via a time-varying user input, transmitted through selection data and/or adjustment data), which may correspond with the physical input at the physical input component on the ventilator.
- the adjustment data may correspond with a change in the value (e.g., an inspiratory time of 0.40 seconds may be changed to 0.30 seconds).
- the ventilator displays, on the user interface, the change in the value.
- the ventilator may show the change by displaying the updated/changed value, the previous value, a change or difference in the value, or a combination.
- the updated value may be associated with an indication that the value was changed.
- the ventilator control element represents inspiratory time (T I )
- the ventilator may display the new value (0.30 seconds), an indication that the value recently changed, the prior value (0.40 seconds), and/or the change in the value (0.10 seconds).
- the ventilator updates a ventilation setting based on the change in the value.
- Ventilation settings are described further in FIG. 1A .
- the ventilator may update the inspiratory time, or the time that flow is commanded into the breathing circuit, from 0.40 seconds to 0.30 seconds. Ventilation of the patient is then provided based on the changed value(s) for the ventilation setting(s).
- One or more operations of method 300 may repeat.
- operations 304 - 308 may repeat as new selection data is received from the remote device.
- the ventilator may de-select the ventilator control element associated with inspiratory time (T I ) and may instead select a ventilator control element associated with PEEP.
- operations 310 - 216 may repeat as different adjustment data is received from the remote device for a same selected ventilator control element.
- the ventilator may receive a further adjustment to the inspiratory time value, such as further changing the value from 0.30 seconds to 0.35 seconds, in the above example.
- operations 304 - 316 may repeat for new selection data and associated adjustment data received from the remote device for a different selected ventilator control element.
- the ventilator may de-select the ventilator control element associated with inspiratory time (T I ) and may instead select a ventilator control element associated with PEEP, thereafter receiving adjustment data to adjust the value associated with the PEEP ventilator control element.
- FIG. 4 depicts a method 400 for remotely adjusting a ventilator (such as ventilators 100 , 202 ) based on an input received at a remote device (e.g., remote devices 160 , 194 , 226 ).
- the operations of method 400 may be performed by the remote device and/or other components described in the above systems.
- the remote device may display a remote user interface (such as remote GUIs 163 , 198 , 230 ).
- the remote user interface may include a virtual trackpad, a remote replicate display (which may be interactive) which may show one or more features of a ventilator user interface, a remote adjustment element, or any combination thereof, as described herein.
- the remote adjustment element may be a virtual dial associated with a physical dial on the ventilator.
- the remote device receives, at the remote user interface, an input comprising an input position, with associated position information, and an input selection, with associated selection information.
- the input may be received at a touchscreen of the remote user interface, or otherwise received via user interaction with the remote device.
- the input position may be associated with the remote position indicator (such as remote position indicators 165 , 199 ) on the remote user interface of the remote device.
- the remote device may send to the ventilator, selection data based on the input position and the input selection.
- the selection received at the remote device may correspond with a ventilator control element on the ventilator GUI.
- the remote device may receive, from the ventilator, a selection indication of a selected ventilator control element associated with the selection data.
- the remote user interface includes a replicate display including the ventilator control element
- the replicate display may be updated based on the selection indication.
- the selection indication may cause the remote device to allow adjustment to a remote adjustment element (such as remote adjustment element 236 , 238 ).
- a remote adjustment element such as remote adjustment element 236 , 238
- the remote adjustment element may (e.g., virtual dial) be disabled when the selection indication indicates that a ventilator control element is not selected (e.g., upon receiving a de-selection indication or prior to receiving a selection indication), and enabled when the selection indication indicates that the ventilator control element is selected.
- the remote GUI may display an indication that “inspiratory time” is selected and/or display the current value of 0.40 seconds.
- the virtual dial may be enabled after receiving a selection indication of a selected ventilator control element from the ventilator.
- the virtual dial may be disabled when there is no ventilator control element selected at the ventilator (as determined from one or more selection indications received from the ventilator).
- the remote device receives, at the remote user interface, an adjustment input associated with the selected ventilator control element (e.g., virtual dial).
- the adjustment input may be received via user interaction with a remote adjustment element (such as remote adjustment elements 236 , 238 ) at one time or over a period of time. Additionally, or alternatively, the adjustment input may be received as a variety of input forms, such as numerical, slide, dial, wheel, arrow, up/down control, voice, haptic, etc.
- the adjustment input is associated with a change in a value associated with the selected ventilator control element. A greater change in the adjustment input (e.g., larger rotation of the dial) may be associated with a greater change in the value.
- the adjustment input may also be a scroll of a mouse wheel or a swipe of a screen via touch input.
- the remote device sends, to the ventilator, adjustment data based on the adjustment input.
- the adjustment input may be a rotation of a virtual dial on the remote GUI over time to change the inspiratory time value as if a physical dial were being rotated on the ventilator.
- the change in the value may be based on the angle of rotation of the virtual dial, with a positive or negative angle indicating direction.
- the rotation of the virtual dial may include position and selection information associated with the virtual dial over a period of time.
- the adjustment input may be a selection of an adjustment icon (e.g., Up/Down icon) at a point in time.
- each selection of the adjustment icon may change the value by a predetermined amount, such that more selections of the adjustment icon (or selecting the adjustment icon over a period of time) may result in a greater change in the value.
- the remote device may receive, from the ventilator, a change indication of a change in a value associated with the selected ventilator control element. Based on the change indication, the remote device may show, on the remote user interface, the updated/changed value, the previous value, a change or difference in the value, or a combination.
- the change indication may include information that the value associated with inspiratory time has changed (e.g., from 0.40 seconds to 0.30 seconds).
- the remote GUI may display the new value (0.30 seconds), an indication that the value recently changed, the prior value (0.40 seconds), and/or the change in the value (0.10 seconds).
- One or more operations of method 400 may repeat.
- operations 404 - 408 may repeat as a new selection or position input is received at the remote device.
- the remote device may send a de-selection to de-select the ventilator control element associated with inspiratory time (T I ).
- a selected ventilator control element may be automatically de-selected upon receiving selection data at the ventilator to select a different ventilator control element (e.g., associated with PEEP).
- operations 410 - 414 may repeat as different adjustment inputs are received at the remote device for a same selected ventilator control element.
- the remote device may receive a further adjustment input to the inspiratory time value, such as further rotating a virtual dial to change the value at the ventilator from 0.30 seconds to 0.35 seconds, in the above example.
- operations 404 - 414 may repeat for new selection inputs, new position inputs, and new adjustment inputs received at the remote device for a different selected ventilator control element.
- the remote device may send selection data to de-select the ventilator control element associated with inspiratory time (T I ), and instead select a ventilator control element associated with PEEP.
- the adjustment input may then adjust a value associated with a ventilator control element representing PEEP.
- FIGS. 5A and 5B depict an example remote user interface 524 on a remote display 522 of a remote device 520 , and a ventilator display 504 of a ventilator 502 showing a ventilator user interface 506 .
- FIGS. 5A and 5B show changing a value associated with a selected ventilator control element 518 of available ventilator control elements 512 .
- FIGS. 5A and 5B show a remote user interface 524 and ventilator user interface 506 .
- the local ventilator position indicator 508 is associated with the remote position indicator 526 , and may have associated past movement data 510 , 528 .
- a particular ventilator setting (the control element 518 ) is selected, and in FIG. 5B it is adjusted.
- FIG. 5B shows the remote position indicator 526 rotating a virtual dial 530 .
- the virtual dial 530 may be associated with a physical dial 516 on the ventilator (such as physical input component 129 ).
- a dial is used in this example, it should be appreciated that other virtual adjustment elements (such as soft key or button 534 ) may be displayed on the remote user interface 524 to be associated with a variety of physical input components (such as hard keys 514 ).
- a virtual input at the virtual dial 530 or soft key 534 may be associated with a physical input on a ventilator 502 .
- An adjustment of the virtual dial 530 may be equivalent to an adjustment of the physical dial 516 .
- the remote adjustment element 530 , 534 may be overlaid or separate from the trackpad or elements of the remote user interface 524 . In either example, the remote adjustment element 530 , 534 may be positioned on the remote user interface 524 to not overlap with ventilator control elements 512 and/or disable selection of a ventilator control element 512 when receiving an adjustment input.
- the adjustment input is a counterclockwise rotation (a negative angle of rotation) of the virtual dial 530 from a first position 532 A to a second position 532 B.
- the difference between the first position 532 A and the second position 532 B may be proportional to the change in the value associated with the selected ventilator control element 518 .
- the difference between the first position 532 A and the second position 532 B on virtual dial 530 may be an angle of rotation.
- the direction of rotation of the virtual dial 530 may represent a positive or negative change in the value.
- the selected ventilator control element 518 is adjusted from 0.40 s to 0.30 s, based on the angle of counterclockwise rotation between the first adjustment 532 A and the second position 532 B.
- the local ventilator position indicator 508 may have a past movement data 510 associated with the remote past movement data 528 on the remote user interface 524 .
- the virtual dial 530 is positioned in an adjustment section 542 B of the remote user interface 524 to correlate with a non-selectable region 542 A of the ventilator user interface 506 to prevent unintended selection of a different ventilator control element 512 when receiving adjustment input.
- the local ventilator position indicator 508 does not overlay with any ventilator control element 512 .
- a selection of an adjustment element e.g., the virtual dial 530
- inside of the adjustment section 542 B is not also associated with a selection of a ventilator control element 512 .
- an adjustment caused by a mouse scroll or other input action at the remote device 520 may be visually indicated at the remote user interface 524 .
- a visual indication of a value adjustment may be shown on the remote user interface 524 (e.g., rotation of the virtual dial, varying color, varying brightness, otherwise emphasizing all or a portion of one or more bezel keys 536 , a change in a displayed numerical value, etc.).
- any other input at the remote device 520 associated with a control at the ventilator may result in an adjustment of the value associated with the control at the ventilator.
- FIG. 5C depicts an example remote user interface 524 on a remote display 522 of a remote device 520 .
- the remote user interface 524 may include a first interface portion 525 A and a second interface portion 525 B.
- the first interface portion 525 A and the second interface portion 525 B are displayed in separate portions, segments, or windows of the remote user interface 524 .
- the portions, segments, or windows may be resizeable and repositionable about the remote user interface 524 .
- the remote user interface 524 may split display of the first interface portion 525 A and the second interface portion 525 B (e.g., in a split screen arrangement), and/or the first interface portion 525 A and the second interface portion 525 B may be overlaid.
- Other visual arrangements of the first interface portion 525 A and the second interface portion 525 B are also possible.
- the first interface portion 525 A may replicate a ventilator GUI (e.g., ventilator GUI 123 ) and user interface elements in the first interface portion 525 A may not be selectable.
- the second interface portion 525 B may include selectable and/or interactive user interface elements.
- the second interface portion 525 B may include features or elements similar to remote user interfaces (e.g., remote GUIs 163 , 198 , 230 , 524 ) described herein.
- the second interface portion 525 B may include a set of GUI control keys 536 , a trackpad 538 , and a remote position indicator 526 .
- the set of GUI control keys 536 may include one or more control keys (or virtual bezel keys), such as a display brightness key, a display lock key, an alarm volume key, a manual inspiration key, an inspiratory pause key, an expiratory pause key, an alarm reset key, an audio paused key, etc.
- Each GUI control key in the set of GUI control keys 536 is associated with a control on the ventilator to which the remote device 520 is connected for remote control.
- the GUI control key may be associated with a ventilator GUI element.
- the GUI control key may be associated with a physical input at the ventilator.
- a virtual dial 530 may be included in the set of GUI control keys 536 as associated with a physical input, as further described herein.
- the virtual dial 530 may then be selected and adjusted to adjust a value associated with the selected GUI control key at the ventilator.
- a display brightness key may be selected. While the display brightness key is selected at the remote user interface 524 , the virtual dial 530 may be adjusted and/or up/down adjustment keys may be selected to adjust or change the screen brightness value of the ventilator.
- an alarm volume key may be selected at the remote user interface 524 to adjust a volume value associated with the alarm at the ventilator. While the alarm volume key is selected, the volume value may be adjusted via interaction with the virtual dial 530 and/or up/down keys at the remote user interface 524 .
- a display lock key may be selected at the remote user interface 524 to prevent inadvertent settings changes to the ventilator (including the knob function) while the display is locked.
- a manual inspiration key may be selected at the remote user interface 524 .
- the manual inspiration key can be used to deliver mandatory breaths to the patient and/or to run an inspiratory pause maneuver in SPONT mode.
- selection of an inspiratory pause key at the remote user interface 524 may initiate an inspiratory pause maneuver at the ventilator. This may close the inspiratory and exhalation valves and extend the inspiratory phase of a mandatory breath for the purposes of measuring end inspiratory pressure for calculation of plateau pressure, static compliance, and static resistance.
- selecting an expiratory pause key at the remote user interface 524 may initiate an expiratory pause maneuver at the ventilator, which may extend the expiratory phase of the current breath to measure total PEEP (PEEP TOT ).
- PEEP TOT total PEEP
- an alarm reset key may be selected at the remote user interface 524 to clear active alarms and/or reset high-priority alarms and/or cancel an active audio paused interval at the ventilator.
- selection of an audio paused key at the remote user interface 524 may pause alarms for a predetermined period of time at the ventilator.
- the remote device 520 may replicate the ventilator GUI at the first interface portion 525 A.
- the first interface portion 525 A may include a replicate position indicator 540 , replicating the local ventilator position indicator at the ventilator GUI.
- a clinician may interact with the trackpad 538 of the remote user interface 524 of the remote device 520 to control the ventilator without directly seeing the ventilator GUI.
- the clinician controlling the ventilator at the trackpad 538 may visually compare a remote position indicator 526 with the replicated display shown in the first interface portion 525 A of the remote user interface 524 on the same remote device 520 , without requiring a direct view of the ventilator GUI at the ventilator.
- the remote user interface 524 may include additional information or controls associated with the remote device 520 , connected ventilator, and/or data received or sent by the remote device 520 . As shown, this additional information may be displayed at the second interface portion 525 B.
- the remote user interface 524 may include a disconnect key to disconnect for a ventilator and/or switch to control of a different ventilator.
- the remote user interface 524 may display additional, non-selectable information including a value associated with a currently selected GUI element and/or bezel key, a determine adjustment or change in the value, position information of a physical input at the ventilator, etc.
- the remote user interface 524 may include a disconnect control to disconnect the remote device 520 from the ventilator and/or an intermediate device.
- the remote user interface 524 may include a serial number of the ventilator, X-Y coordinates of the remote position indicator 526 (e.g., X-Y coordinates at the remote user interface 524 , X-Y coordinates at the ventilator GUI, and/or X-Y coordinates at an intermediate device GUI). Additionally or alternatively, the remote user interface 524 may include other system information (e.g., IP address, port, etc.).
- FIG. 6 depicts a method 600 for remotely adjusting and/or accessing a ventilator (such as ventilators 100 , 202 , 502 ) based on an input received at a remote device (e.g., remote devices 160 , 194 , 226 , 520 ).
- a remote computing device may be connected to a ventilator, via a wired or wireless connection (e.g., wired or wireless connections 164 , 192 , 185 , 214 A, 214 B, 214 C), the ventilator having a ventilator display (e.g., ventilator displays 122 , 204 , 504 ).
- a view of the ventilator display may be provided on the remote computing device.
- the view may be a replicate or copy of the ventilator display in a remote GUI (e.g., remote GUIs 163 , 198 , 230 ), such as described for the first interface portion 525 A in remote user interface 524 .
- a remote GUI e.g., remote GUIs 163 , 198 , 230
- cursor movement and activations may be tracked on the remote computing device (e.g., via remote position indicator 165 , 199 , 232 , 526 ). Cursor movement may be associated with a change in position of the cursor (e.g., as described for remote past movement data 234 , 528 ).
- An activation may include a variety of interactions at the remote computing device, such as a selection (e.g., described herein at least with respect to selection input, selection information, and selection data) and/or an adjustment (e.g., described herein at least with respect to adjustment input, adjustment element, adjustment information, and adjustment data).
- the activation may include an interaction that is associated with an interaction at the ventilator.
- the cursor movements may be overlaid on the view of the ventilator display and displayed on the remote computing device.
- the view of the ventilator display may be updated continually based on display information of the ventilator.
- operation 608 may be updated with operation 604 , as the view of the ventilator display is provided.
- operation 608 may be based on a predetermined correlation of the view of the ventilator display with a cursor position at the remote computing device.
- cursor movements on the view of the ventilator display may be displayed without receiving information from the ventilator (e.g., the remote device may estimate the cursor position).
- the cursor activation may be transmitted to the ventilator, via the wired or wireless connection.
- the cursor activation at the remote device may be associated with a cursor activation at the ventilator at the position indicated on the view of the ventilator screen at the remote device.
- interactions at the remote device may control or adjust the ventilator over the wired or wireless connection.
- One or more operations of method 600 may repeat.
- operations 604 - 610 may repeat as the ventilator display changes or updates.
- the ventilator display may change or update based on the cursor activations sent to the ventilator.
- FIGS. 7A, 7B, 7C, and 7D depict example view modes of remote user interfaces 700 A, 700 B, 700 C, 700 D on a remote display 701 of a remote device.
- FIGS. 7A, 7B, and 7C show different view modes of a remote user interface 700 A, 700 B, 700 C in a window displayed on a remote device
- FIG. 7D shows an example window with a setup view mode of a remote user interface 700 D on a display 701 of a remote device.
- the view modes may be associated with an application running on the remote device in communication with a relay transceiver (e.g., relay transceivers described with respect to FIGS. 8A, 8B, and 9 ).
- a remote user interface can operate in a ventilator view mode ( FIG. 7A ), in a patient view mode ( FIG. 7B ), and in a ventilator and patient inset view mode ( FIG. 7C ). These views are displayed on a display 701 of a remote device (e.g., a device located remote from the ventilator, such as outside of the room in which a ventilator is located).
- a remote user interface 700 A in a ventilator view mode shows a remote ventilator user interface (UI) 702 replicated from the ventilator GUI.
- the remote ventilator UI 702 may replicate an entire GUI displayed on a ventilator or may replicate a portion of the ventilator GUI.
- the remote ventilator UI 702 includes at least one ventilator settings icon that is selectable at the remote ventilator UI 702 and/or the ventilator GUI.
- ventilator settings icons include respiratory rate (f), inhalation time, exhalation time, volume of synchronized intermittent mandatory ventilation (Vsimv), inhalation-to-exhalation (I:E) ratio, tidal volume, ventilation type, alarm settings, among other settings shown or not shown in FIG. 7A that are selectable on a GUI of a ventilator.
- the remote ventilator UI 702 may be rearranged and/or reformatted based on the size of a display 701 of the remote device or a size of the window or panel displaying the remote ventilator UI 702 .
- at least one ventilator settings icon may be rearranged or reformatted (e.g., enlarged).
- the portion of the ventilator GUI displayed at the remote device may be a cropped portion of the ventilator GUI or one or more ventilator settings icons (including a subset of the ventilator settings icons displayed on the ventilator GUI).
- a subset of ventilator settings icons displayed at the remote ventilator UI 702 may change over time, such as being scrolled manually or automatically, or replaced at a time interval.
- One or more ventilator settings icons may be resized (e.g., enlarge, shrink, change an aspect ratio, change a shape, etc.) compared to other replicated aspects of the ventilator GUI.
- ventilator settings icons that are most frequently changed may be enlarged as compared to other ventilator settings icons.
- the least frequently changed settings may be omitted from the remote ventilator GUI 702 or included at the end of a scrollable interface.
- a format or arrangement of the remote ventilator UI 702 may be based on threshold of the display size. For example, a first format or first arrangement may be displayed if a display size is less than a threshold and a second format or second arrangement may be displayed if the display size is greater than or equal to the threshold.
- a patient view mode of a remote user interface 700 B shows a patient video feed 722 (or a patient image 722 ) obtained via a video or camera input (e.g., as received as input into a relay transceiver or the ventilator).
- a ventilator and patient inset view mode of a remote user interface 700 C shows a patient inset remote ventilator UI 724 including a small version of the patient video feed 722 .
- All three of the example view modes shown on the remote user interface 700 A, 700 B, 700 C may include additional sections, such as a selection section (represented by panel 704 ) and an adjustment section (represented by panel 706 ), that may remain unchanged regardless of the view mode.
- a selection section represented by panel 704
- an adjustment section represented by panel 706
- the panels 704 , 706 may be located on any region or section in the remote user interface 700 A, 700 B, 700 C, which may be separate or combined.
- the panel 704 is positioned on a left panel of the remote user interface 700 A, 700 B, 700 C and the panel 706 is positioned on a right panel of the remote user interface 700 A, 700 B, 700 C.
- Panel sizes, positions, formats, or arrangements may be based on a size of the display 701 and/or a size of the window displaying the remote user interface 700 A, 700 B, 700 C, 700 D.
- Panels may be expandable or capable of being minimized and enlarged or expanded.
- the panel 704 is an icon panel that includes a variety of selectable icons not displayed on a ventilator GUI of the actual ventilator itself.
- the icon panel 704 may include a connect or disconnect button 708 that is selectable (e.g., via touch on a touchscreen display or via a mouse click on a mouse-controlled display).
- selectable e.g., via touch on a touchscreen display or via a mouse click on a mouse-controlled display.
- the connect button 708 may be selected to connect to a ventilator or launch a connection routine to connect to a ventilator or relay transceiver.
- the connect or disconnect button 708 may indicate if a connection between the remote device and a relay transceiver is stable. For instance, the display of the connect or disconnect button 708 may change based on the connection status.
- Information 710 may be displayed in the icon panel 704 , or in any other area of the view, to provide status information (e.g., information that indicates whether the remote device is connected to a ventilator or relay transceiver, the remote device is disconnected from a ventilator or relay transceiver, the remote device is connected with view-only access, with view and control access, etc.). Additionally, the information 710 displayed may include ventilator identification information, relay transceiver identification information, patent identification information, and/or remote device identification information.
- Ventilator identification information may include a ventilator serial number, a room number or site identifier of the ventilator, a name of the ventilator, an IP address of a ventilator, a user to which the ventilator is assigned (e.g., doctor, clinician, medical team, etc.), or any other information specific to a ventilator that is being remotely accessed.
- Relay transceiver identification information may include a relay transceiver serial number, a room number or site identifier of the relay transceiver, a name of the relay transceiver, an IP address of the relay transceiver, a user to which the relay transceiver is assigned (e.g., doctor, clinician, medical team, etc.), or any other information specific to a relay transceiver for providing remote access to a ventilator by a remote device.
- Patent identification information may include a patient identifier (e.g., name, initials, bodyweight, gender, etc.), a patient room number or site identifier, a patent infectious code, an anonymized patient identifier, etc.
- Remote device identification information may include a device serial number, a name of the device, an IP address of the device, a user to which the device is assigned (e.g., doctor, clinician, medical team, etc.), or any other information specific to a remote device remotely accessing a ventilator, or any other remote devices concurrently remotely accessing the ventilator (e.g., via a relay transceiver).
- the icon panel 704 also includes a view selector 712 , which allows a user to switch to a different view mode.
- a selection of the view selector 712 may cause a sequential change in view between the remote user interface 700 A in a ventilator view mode, a remote user interface 700 B in a patient view mode 700 B, and a remote user interface 700 C in a ventilator and patient inset view mode. If only two view modes are available, then a selection of the view selector 712 may toggle between the two view modes.
- the view selector 712 may allow a user to select which view to show (e.g., via a dropdown menu or other selection menu).
- the view selector 712 may also allow for camera control where a camera is available.
- a camera may be connected to the ventilator and/or the relay transceiver to allow for a view of the patient.
- the view selector 712 may control the direction of the camera or other camera properties. Selection of the view selector 712 may provide options for rotating the camera and or changing other camera properties (e.g., zoom).
- the icon panel 704 may also include one or more virtual bezel keys 714 . that correspond with physical bezel keys on the ventilator. Selection of the virtual bezel keys 714 at the remote device represents a physical selection of a bezel key at the ventilator. Descriptions of physical bezel keys and bezel key user interface elements are further discussed with respect to FIG. 5C .
- the virtual bezel keys 714 may be displayed in any configuration, such as a compact rectangular tile configuration shown in FIGS. 7A, 7B, and 7C .
- the panel 706 is an interactive panel used to accept adjustments of the selected ventilator setting icon (e.g., a selected virtual bezel key 714 or a selected icon).
- the adjustment section (represented by panel 706 ) may include one or more adjustment elements (e.g., up icon, down icon, slide bar, rotatable dial, etc.).
- the panel 706 includes a slide bar 720 with up and down slide icons 716 , 718 .
- the slide bar 720 or icons 716 , 718 are used to change the selected ventilator setting. For instance, a single selection of the up icon 716 or the down icon 718 may cause a single, stepwise adjustment of the selected ventilator setting in either the upward or downward direction, respectively. Multiple selections of the up icon 716 or the down icon 718 may cause multiple, stepwise adjustments of the selected ventilator setting in either the upward or downward direction, respectively.
- the slide bar 720 may adjust a selected ventilator setting based on a select, drag, and drop interaction with the slide bar 720 . For example, dragging up on the slide bar 720 may adjust a selected setting upwards and dragging down may adjust a selected setting downwards. This drag action may be performed using a touch interaction or a mouse interaction.
- the slide bar 720 may vary in incremental adjustments based on an acceleration of a user's drag motion. For example, a setting may be adjusted more quickly (e.g., in larger step increments) for a drag with faster acceleration than a drag with slower acceleration. Alternatively, the slide bar 720 may adjust a setting linearly (e.g., in standardized increments based on distance of a drag motion), regardless of drag acceleration.
- the slide bar 720 may be a replacement for the functionality described for the virtual dial 530 described in FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 5C .
- the panel 760 may display the virtual dial 530 instead of or in addition to the slide bar 720 .
- Other types of interactive adjustment UI elements for increasing or decreasing settings may also be utilized.
- FIG. 7D shows a display 701 of a remote device in a system view mode of a remote user interface 700 D.
- This view mode includes a settings window 728 (with user settings, access permissions, default views, and preferences) and a selection window 730 showing available relay transceivers and/or ventilators represented by icons 732 .
- the setup view mode of the remote user interface 700 D may be displayed when the remote device is not connected to ventilator and/or relay transceiver. For instance, when a clinician or other user first picks up the remote device to interact with a ventilator, the setup view mode of the remote user interface 700 D may be displayed to allow for setup and connection to a ventilator.
- the setup view mode of the remote user interface 700 D may also be displayed when a user intends to connect to a different ventilator and/or relay transceiver.
- each icon 732 may correspond to a different ventilator and/or relay transceiver that is available to be controlled or viewed remotely.
- Each of the icons 732 may be labelled or named with an identifier such as the ventilator identification information, relay transceiver identification information, or patent identification information.
- a selection indicator (such as box 734 ) indicates which icon is currently selected.
- a warning message 726 may be displayed prior to allowing selection of a ventilator (via icon 734 ) for remote access.
- the warning message 726 may require user action, such as a usage agreement or confirmation.
- FIGS. 8A and 8B depict example systems for remotely adjusting a ventilator with a remote device.
- FIG. 8A shows an example system 800 A with one ventilator 802 paired with one relay transceiver 808 , accessed by multiple remote devices (e.g., laptop 812 and remote server 814 or other remote devices such as a tablet, smartphone, laptop computer, desktop computer, or others) to allow for remote-control of the ventilator 802 .
- FIG. 8B shows an example system 800 B with a variety of connections between ventilators, relay transceivers, remote devices, and users.
- a ventilator 802 may be paired with a relay transceiver 808 in a one-to-one relationship.
- the relay transceiver 808 allows for connectivity of one or more remote devices 812 , 814 with the ventilator 802 .
- the relay transceiver 808 may be attachable to, or removable from, the ventilator 802 .
- the relay transceiver 808 may plug into a data port (such as an HDMI or USB port) of the ventilator 802 (directly or through an adapter 804 ), or may communicate with the ventilator wirelessly (directly or through an adapter 804 ).
- the relay transceiver 808 is hardware, and can take the form of a laptop, a miniature computer, processing box (such as a headless computer), a dongle, a smart cable, or other small portable processor.
- One example relay transceiver 808 may include a NUC PC available from the Intel Corporation.
- the relay transceiver 808 is external to the ventilator 802 and is portable such that a clinician may easily move the relay transceiver 808 to different rooms or different ventilators.
- the relay transceiver 808 may have a volume of less than 500 cubic centimeters.
- the relay transceiver 808 may be embedded, internal, and/or integrated into a ventilator 802 .
- the relay transceiver provides the connectivity hardware and software needed for the remote devices 812 and 814 , such that no changes (e.g., hardware or software changes) need to be made to the ventilator 802 itself.
- the relay transceiver 808 adds remote connectivity functionality to a standalone or offline ventilator 802 .
- a camera 806 may be paired with a relay transceiver 808 and/or a ventilator 802 to allow a patient video or image to be captured for display on a remote device (e.g., laptop 812 or server 814 ).
- the camera 806 may be a webcam, standalone camera, portable camera, USB camera, or other device with video or camera capability. Audio may also be captured and transmitted by the camera 806 . Thus, a clinician using a remote device may be able to see and hear the patient.
- another camera may be integrated into one or more of the remote devices, such as a selfie or front-facing camera on a tablet.
- the camera may be used to capture video of the clinician, to enable two-way video and/or audio communication between the clinician and the patient, transmitted via the relay transceiver 808 .
- the relay transceiver 808 allows for access (e.g., view and/or control) to a ventilator 802 to be unbounded by geography or distance.
- remote devices in any location may be given access permissions to connect to a ventilator 802 via the relay transceiver 808 .
- Access may be limited by security credentials and authentication protocols based on a facility's security policies and network configurations.
- the relay transceiver 808 may implement a lockout feature to prevent setting changes from two or more remote device from occurring simultaneously (e.g., changes are received in sequence or changes may be limited to a quantity of devices allowed to access a relay transceiver in a control mode).
- the security policies and access controls may be based on, or managed by, the hospital or medical facility in which the ventilators 802 /or relay transceiver 808 are housed. For example, clinicians within, or associated with, the medical facility may be required to log in to the remote devices 812 , 814 . Logging in to the remote device 812 then provides access to the relay transceiver 808 connected to a particular ventilator 802 . For example, once logged into the remote device, the clinician may be able to access the setup view mode of the remote user interface 700 D and/or the other remote-control interfaces shown in FIGS. 7A-7D .
- the remote server 814 may provide a connection to the Internet 815 to allow for cloud storage or access to the ventilator.
- the relay transceiver is not a secondary head or a second UI of the ventilator 802 ; instead, the relay transceiver 808 provides a path to a laptop, tablet, or other remote device for user interaction.
- FIG. 8B shows an example system 800 B having a variety of configurations of ventilators (e.g., ventilator 802 and ventilator 803 ), relay transceivers 808 and 809 , remote devices (e.g., laptop 812 , tablet 816 , laptop 818 ), and remote users (e.g., user 820 and user 822 ).
- ventilator 802 can be paired with two relay transceivers 808 , 809 , which each communicate with a subset of the remote devices 812 , 816 , and 818 .
- the ventilator 803 is paired with a single relay transceiver 809 .
- This figure shows that a single ventilator may be paired with one or more relay transceivers, multiple ventilators may be paired with a single relay transceiver, and multiple ventilators may be paired with multiple relay transceivers.
- the relay transceivers 808 , 809 may be configured in a variety of device relationships. Rather than accessibility being limited to one remote device 812 , the relay transceivers can authorize or enable connection to multiple remote devices 812 , 816 , 818 . For example, a one-to-many configuration may be permitted for remote devices accessing the ventilator with view-only permissions, while limiting to a one-to-one configuration for remote devices with control or adjustment permissions.
- FIG. 8B also depicts a variety of configurations for remote devices and users.
- a single remote device e.g., laptop 812
- a single user e.g., user 820
- multiple remote devices e.g., laptop 812 and tablet 816
- a single user e.g., user 820
- a single remote device e.g., tablet 816
- multiple users e.g., user 820 and user 822
- multiple clinicians may share a remote device, such as a tablet assigned to a specific hospital area (wing, ICU, etc.) and/or specific ventilator.
- the tablet may be passed among users of a medical team, or passed to a different user from shift-to-shift, etc.
- multiple remote devices may be accessible by multiple users.
- the relay transceiver may also store and/or generate usage logs and usage statistics. For example, when a relay transceiver is accessed by a remote device, a remote device identifier (e.g., serial number, IP address, account, etc.) is logged and timestamped in association with a ventilator identifier (e.g., serial number, IP address, name, room number, etc.) of the ventilator(s) being accessed via the relay transceiver.
- the usage log may also record and store information relating to how many times a remote device accessed the relay transceiver, which virtual bezel keys were selected, which locations in the window were selected (e.g., via touch or mouse-click), etc.
- Statistics and/or reports may be generated based on a usage log for analysis. For example, statistics and/or reports may provide insight for care givers (e.g., frequency and instances of remote care, use of remote devices, last user to log in, etc.), diagnostics, feature development, security (e.g., cybersecurity considerations), or for any other reason.
- care givers e.g., frequency and instances of remote care, use of remote devices, last user to log in, etc.
- diagnostics e.g., feature development, security (e.g., cybersecurity considerations), or for any other reason.
- FIG. 9 depicts a diagram 900 showing example allocations of relay transceivers (such as relay transceivers 808 , 809 ). As further described herein, relay transceivers may be flexibly paired with ventilators in a care facility (e.g., hospital). The diagram 900 depicted in FIG.
- on-site ventilators 902 e.g., a fleet of ventilators available, maintained, or in use at a care facility or hospital
- on-site relay transceivers 904 e.g., relay transceivers located at the same care facility or hospital as the on-site ventilators 902
- on-site assignment 906 e.g., assignment of an on-site ventilator 902 or on-site relay transceiver 904 to a user located at the same care facility or hospital as the on-site ventilators 902
- remote assignment 908 e.g., assignment of an on-site relay transceiver 904 to a remote or off-site consultant, transferring patient, etc.
- a user may refer to an individual (e.g., a doctor, clinician, etc.) or a team of associated individuals (e.g., multiple users or a team of users, such as a doctor and the doctor's supporting staff/team).
- Each region of the diagram 900 shown in FIG. 9 represents a different allocation of resources (e.g., on-site ventilators 902 and/or on-site relay transceivers 904 ).
- the quantity of on-site ventilators 902 and the quantity of on-site relay transceivers 904 may be different. For example, there may be less on-site relay transceivers 904 than on-site ventilators 902 (e.g., the on-site relay transceivers may be paired with some ventilators on a need-basis), or there may be more on-site relay transceivers 904 than on-site ventilators 902 (e.g., to allow remote access capability to at least every ventilator). Alternatively, the quantity of on-site ventilators 902 and the quantity of on-site relay transceivers 904 may be the same.
- Region 910 represents on-site ventilators 902 that are not paired with an on-site relay transceiver 904 and are not assigned (e.g., to a user, function, location, etc.).
- This region 910 includes on-site ventilators 902 for general use that may not benefit from pairing with an on-site relay transceiver 904 .
- region 910 may include a ventilator supporting a patient that does not have an infectious disease and/or is not immunocompromised, ventilators supporting a patient that is in a fragile state that would benefit from in-person interactions such as neonatal patients, or ventilators that are not in use or reserved.
- Region 912 represents on-site ventilators 902 that are paired with relay transceivers 904 and are not assigned.
- This region 912 may include on-site relay transceivers 904 paired with specific on-site ventilators 902 .
- On-site relay transceivers 904 that are paired with specific on-site ventilators 902 may be used to manage a ventilator fleet, such as providing a remote view of an entire fleet of ventilators, determining which ventilators in a specific fleet are currently running, a status or stage of ventilator associated with each of the ventilators (e.g., how many ventilators are using high-flow oxygen therapy or other ventilator modes, how many are weaning and may soon be available, how many are being serviced/require diagnostics, etc.).
- Region 914 represents on-site relay transceivers 904 that are not paired with an on-site ventilator 902 and are unassigned. This region 914 includes on-site relay transceivers 904 that are available for pairing with a ventilator and not otherwise reserved.
- ventilators and/or relay transceivers may be assigned to a specific user (e.g., user or team of users), for a specific function (e.g., for infectious patients, terminal patients, neonatal patients, etc.), or to a specific location (e.g., maternity ward, floor of a hospital, pediatric ward, etc.).
- Regions 916 , 918 , 920 , and 922 discuss how an assignment may impact allocation of resources.
- on-site assignment 906 e.g., assignment to a user, team of users, ventilator, patient, function, room, ward, site, etc. internal to the care facility or hospital in which the on-site ventilators 902 are located
- remote assignment 908 e.g., assignment to a user, team of users, patient, function, remote consult, etc. external to the care facility or hospital in which the on-site ventilators 902 are located
- Assignment of resources may be permanent, semi-permanent, or temporary.
- Region 916 represents on-site ventilators 902 that are not paired with an on-site relay transceiver 904 and are assigned.
- the ventilators in this region 916 may be reserved for use associated with their specific assignment and may be pairable with an on-site relay transceiver that is not yet paired (e.g., regions 914 , 922 ) or pairable with an on-site relay transceiver 904 that is already paired (e.g., regions 912 , 918 , 920 , if the ventilator is pairable with multiple relay transceivers).
- a set of ventilators may be assigned to a COVID-19 recovery ward where patients may no longer be infectious (e.g., use of an on-site relay transceiver may be more beneficial paired to other ventilators).
- Region 922 represents on-site relay transceivers 904 that are not paired with an on-site ventilator 902 and are assigned.
- the on-site relay transceivers in this region 922 may be reserved for use associated with their specific assignment.
- an on-site relay transceiver may be assigned to a remote consultant (e.g., diagnostics team, remote doctor, educational team, etc.) for which a consult is not yet needed (e.g., the relay transceiver is available for a time when a consult is required or desired).
- Region 918 represents on-site ventilators 902 that are paired with an on-site relay transceiver 904 and have an on-site assignment 906 .
- the ventilators and/or relay transceivers in this region 916 may be reserved for use associated with their specific on-site assignment.
- an on-site relay transceiver 904 may be assigned to a specific patient any may travel with the patient through a hospital (e.g., pairing with a different ventilator as the patient is paired with a different ventilator).
- a ventilator and/or relay transceiver may be assigned to a specific room, site, or wing of a hospital (e.g., imaging room or neonatal ward).
- a relay transceiver may be assigned to a specific clinician, doctor, or doctor support team, based on which patients or ventilators are currently assigned to the user or user team.
- Region 920 represents on-site relay transceivers 904 that are paired with an on-site ventilator 902 and have a remote assignment 908 .
- the ventilators and/or relay transceivers in this region 920 may be reserved for use associated with their specific remote assignment.
- a relay transceiver may be assigned to a remote consultant and paired to a ventilator for viewing of ventilator data by the remote consultant.
- a relay transceiver may be assigned to a patient that is going to be transported to a different facility or a patient that was recently transported from a different facility (e.g., the relay transceiver may be paired with different ventilators as the patient is transferred from ventilator to ventilator in transit).
- relay transceivers may be assigned in the following ways: to a patient (e.g., as a patient travels or is connected to different ventilators); to a site or room (e.g., assigned to “Room 123”, assigned to an MM room, assigned to a terminal care room, assigned to a neonatal ward, assigned to a floor or region of a facility treating infectious disease, etc.); to a user (e.g., a doctor such as on-site doctor or remote consulting doctor, a clinician or care giver, a doctor support team, an educational facility, a diagnostics team, an expert consultant, etc.); or to a ventilator.
- a patient e.g., as a patient travels or is connected to different ventilators
- a site or room e.g., assigned to “Room 123”, assigned to an MM room, assigned to a terminal care room, assigned to a neonatal ward, assigned to a floor or region of a facility treating infectious disease, etc.
- the relay transceiver may be one of multiple relay transceivers paired with a single ventilator (e.g., multiple consults, or in addition to an on-site assigned relay transceiver). Additionally, as otherwise described herein, remote viewers may be limited to accessing a ventilator and/or a relay transceiver in a view-only mode.
- FIG. 10 depicts a method 1000 for remotely adjusting and/or accessing a ventilator (such as ventilators 100 , 202 , 502 , 802 , 803 ) via a relay transceiver (e.g., relay transceivers 808 , 809 , 904 ), based on an input received at a remote device (e.g., remote devices 160 , 194 , 226 , 520 , 812 , 816 , 818 ), from a perspective of a remote device.
- a remote device e.g., remote devices 160 , 194 , 226 , 520 , 812 , 816 , 818
- user authentication information is received.
- the user authentication information may be used to log in to the remote device, log in to a network of the remote device (e.g., a hospital VPN or hospital network), or otherwise verify an identity of the remote device or a user of the remote device.
- a network of the remote device e.g., a hospital VPN or hospital network
- the authentication information may be based on hospital security requirements and/or may utilize multi-factor authentication techniques.
- Relay transceivers may be indicated as available when paired with a ventilator (which may or may not be currently ventilating a patient).
- the available relay transceivers may be provided in a list, as icons, or otherwise organized.
- Relay transceivers may be named.
- a name of a relay transceiver may include identification information, such as an identifier associated with an assignment of the relay transceiver (e.g., Dr. J, Room 123, neonatal, etc.), or an identifier associated with a paired ventilator or the relay transceiver (e.g., IP address, serial number, etc. of the paired ventilator and/or the relay transceiver).
- a selection of a relay transceiver is received. For instance, a selection of an icon representing a relay transceiver may be received. A selection of a relay transceiver may cause the remote device to connect with the relay transceiver.
- authentication information is provided to the selected relay transceiver. The authentication information may be the same or different authentication information received at operation 1002 . For example, a hospital's multi-factor authentication may be used to identify a user to log in to a remote device and also act as authentication of a remote device or the user of the remote device.
- a disclaimer is received and/or accessed locally on the remote device.
- the disclaimer may include a usage agreement, setting preferences, or other warnings or information.
- a usage agreement is received from the selected relay transceiver every time a remote device connects to the relay transceiver.
- the usage agreement may require action (e.g., accept or deny) before proceeding to remote ventilator access via the relay transceiver.
- an acceptance of the disclaimer is received by the remote device from the user and an indication of the acceptance may be sent to the selected relay transceiver.
- a connection to the selected relay transceiver is established.
- access permissions of the connection may include view-only permissions or view and control permissions.
- ventilator data is received.
- the ventilator data may be continuously updated.
- the ventilator data may include a video feed or successive image captures in substantially real time to replicate at least a portion of the ventilator GUI (displayed at the ventilator) at the remote user interface (on the remote device).
- a remote user interface is displayed based on the ventilator data.
- the remote user interface that is replicating a portion of a live ventilator display may be associated with an overlay to recognize how a selection at the remote user interface of the remote device correlates with a selection at the live ventilator display.
- the remote user interface may include one or more features described herein, including user interface elements (e.g., a virtual bezel key, a ventilator setting icon, an adjustment user interface element, etc.), subdivision into one or more sections (e.g., a selection section/panel, an adjustment section/panel, or a mode-changeable section/panel changeable to display different view modes).
- Operations 1016 and 1018 may repeat as required or desired (e.g., while the remote device is connected to the relay transceiver) such that the ventilator data may be used to replicate the ventilator UI in real time.
- method 1000 may end at operation 1018 .
- a change associated with a selected ventilator setting icon is received.
- An increment of the change to the ventilator setting associated with the ventilator settings icon may be indicated based on an interaction with an adjustment element at the remote user interface (e.g., slide bar, an upward or downward adjustment icon, a rotatable dial, etc.).
- the change is transmitted to the relay transceiver.
- the change (e.g., including the ventilator setting and an increment to adjust the ventilator setting) is associated with an update of a setting on the ventilator paired with the relay transceiver.
- Operations 1016 through 1022 may repeat as required or desired (e.g., while the remote device is connected to the relay transceiver) such that the ventilator data may be used to replicate the ventilator UI in real time (e.g., as ventilator settings are changed).
- FIG. 11 depicts a method 1100 for remotely adjusting and/or accessing a ventilator (such as ventilators 100 , 202 , 502 , 802 , 803 ) via a relay transceiver (e.g., relay transceivers 808 , 809 , 904 ), based on an input received at a remote device (e.g., remote devices 160 , 194 , 226 , 520 , 812 , 816 , 818 ), from a perspective of a relay transceiver.
- a request to access the relay transceiver is received.
- the request may be received from a remote device that communicates with the relay transceiver via a wired or wireless connection.
- the request to access the relay transceiver may be authenticated to verify a remote device and/or a user of the remote device requesting access.
- a disclaimer is provided to the remote device.
- the disclaimer may be similar to the disclaim described above for operation 1010 in FIG. 10 .
- ventilator data e.g., data received from a paired ventilator
- ventilator data is received (e.g., from the ventilator to the relay transceiver).
- the ventilator data may be similar to that described in operation 1016 in FIG. 10 .
- the ventilator data is transmitted.
- the relay transceiver may send or forward the ventilator data to the remote device to allow the remote device to replicate the ventilator GUI.
- the transmission may be continuously forwarded as ventilator information is received by the relay transceiver from the ventilator.
- Operations 1110 and 1112 may repeat as required or desired (e.g., while the remote device is connected to the relay transceiver) to allow an application running on the remote device to display the ventilator UI in real time.
- a settings change is received from the remote device.
- the settings change may be associated with a ventilator setting and an adjustment increment to adjust a value of the ventilator setting.
- the settings change is transmitted.
- the settings change is transmitted to the ventilator to update a setting of the ventilator paired with the relay transceiver. Operations 1110 through 1116 may repeat as required or desired (e.g., while the remote device is connected to the relay transceiver) such that the ventilator data may be used to replicate the ventilator UI in real time at the remote device (e.g., as ventilator settings are changed).
- FIG. 12 depicts a method 1200 for pairing a relay transceiver (e.g., relay transceivers 808 , 809 , 904 ) with multiple ventilators (e.g., ventilators 100 , 202 , 502 , 802 , 803 ).
- first ventilator data is received from a first ventilator via a first connection.
- the first connection between the relay transceiver and the first ventilator may be a physical connection (e.g., a wired connection, a connection via a port on the ventilator, integrated into the ventilator, etc., as otherwise described herein).
- the first ventilator data may be continuously received while the first connection is established (e.g., until the relay transceiver is physically disconnected from the first ventilator).
- the relay transceiver may transmit a disconnection notice to the remote device when a connection between the relay transceiver and a ventilator is lost or disconnected (e.g., as may be displayed at a remote user interface of the remote device as a connect or disconnect button 708 or as information 710 ).
- the first ventilator data is transmitted to a remote device via a second connection.
- the second connection (the connection between the relay transceiver and the remote device) may be a wireless connection.
- the first ventilator data may be continuously transmitted or forwarded to the remote device while the first connection and the second connection are established (e.g., until the relay transceiver is disconnected from the first ventilator or until the remote device is disconnected from the relay transceiver).
- a first change to be caused at the first ventilator, is received form the remote device.
- a change e.g., the first change
- the adjustment increment may be indicated based on an interaction with an adjustment element at the remote user interface.
- the first change is transmitted to the first ventilator. Transmission of the change may cause a setting of the ventilator to be adjusted by an amount indicated by the first change. For instance, upon receiving the first change or indication of the first change, the ventilator changes or adjusts the respective setting. Operations 1202 - 1204 and 1202 - 1208 may repeat as required or desired.
- second ventilator data is received from a second ventilator via a third connection.
- the third connection between the relay transceiver and the second ventilator, may be the same or similar to the connection described in operation 1202 between the relay transceiver and the first ventilator.
- relay transceiver may be required or desired to be located near (e.g., in the same room) as the ventilator to which it is connected.
- the first ventilator and the second ventilator may be in different locations (e.g., different rooms of a hospital, different wings of a hospital, different buildings, etc.).
- the relay transceiver may be in a first room when receiving the first ventilator data over the first connection and may be relocated to a second room when receiving the second ventilator data over the third connection.
- a clinician may unplug the relay transceiver from the first ventilator, carry the relay transceiver to the second ventilator, and plug the relay transceiver into the second ventilator.
- first connection and the third connection may be established at different times and may be mutually exclusive.
- the relay transceiver may establish the first connection and the third connection concurrently.
- multiple ports of the relay transceiver may be used.
- a first cable from a first port of the relay transceiver may be connected to a port of the first ventilator, and a second cable from a second port of the relay transceiver may be connected to a port of the second ventilator.
- the first connection may be disconnected prior to establishing the third connection and prior to receiving second ventilator data from the second ventilator at operation 1210 .
- the second ventilator data is transmitted to the remote device via the second connection.
- a second change, to be caused at the second ventilator is received from the remote device.
- the second change is transmitted to the second ventilator.
- Operations 1212 - 1216 may be the same or similar to operations 1204 - 1208 , except relating to the third connection between the relay transceiver and the second ventilator (instead of the first connection between the relay transceiver and the first ventilator).
- Operations 1210 - 1212 and 1210 - 1216 may repeat as required or desired.
- FIG. 13 depicts a method 1300 for receiving changes to be caused at a ventilator (e.g., ventilators 100 , 202 , 502 , 802 , 803 ) from multiple remote devices (e.g., remote devices 160 , 194 , 226 , 520 , 812 , 816 , 818 ).
- ventilator data is received from a ventilator.
- the ventilator data may be received over a connection between a relay transceiver and the ventilator.
- the connection between the relay transceiver and the ventilator may be a physical connection (e.g., a wired connection, a connection via a port on the ventilator, integrated into the ventilator, etc.).
- the ventilator data may be continuously received while the connection between the relay transceiver and the ventilator is established (e.g., until the relay transceiver is disconnected from the ventilator).
- the ventilator data is transmitted to a first remote device via a first connection and a second remote device via a second connection.
- the first connection, the connection between the relay transceiver and the first remote device, and/or the second connection, the connection between the relay transceiver and the second remote device, may be wireless connections.
- the ventilator data may be continuously transmitted or forwarded to the first remote device and the second remote device as it is received from the ventilator.
- the first remote device and/or the second remote device may be located outside of a room in which the ventilator is located. Operations 1302 - 1304 may repeat as required or desired.
- a first change to be caused at the ventilator is received from the first remote device.
- a change e.g., the first change
- a ventilator setting associated with a ventilator settings icon at the remote device
- an adjustment increment associated with an adjustment element at the remote device
- the first change is transmitted to the ventilator. Transmission of the first change may cause a first setting of the ventilator to be adjusted by an amount indicated by the first change. Operations 1302 - 1308 may repeat as required or desired.
- a second change to be caused at the ventilator is received from the second remote device. Similar to the first change described in operation 1306 , the second change may be associated with a ventilator setting and an adjustment increment to adjust a value of the ventilator setting. The first change and the second change may be associated with different ventilator settings or the same ventilator setting. Additionally, the first change and the second change may be associated with a same or different adjustment increment (e.g., a same change to a value of a setting).
- a first change may be a +0.1 cmH 2 O adjustment increment to PEEP and the second change may also be a +0.1 cmH 2 O adjustment increment to PEEP, resulting in a total change of +0.2 cmH 2 O to the PEEP ventilation setting.
- a first change may be a +0.1 cmH 2 O adjustment increment to PEEP and a second change may be a ⁇ 2 f/mm adjustment increment to respiratory rate.
- Adjustments to ventilator settings may be restricted.
- the second change may be prevented from being received at the relay transceiver (and/or prevented from being received at a user interface of the second remote device) until after receiving and/or transmitting, or between receiving and transmitting, the first change (e.g., while the first change is being caused at the ventilator).
- local control of the ventilator e.g., at the user interface of the ventilator itself
- the local control at the ventilator or one or more remote devices may be prioritized for causing changes to ventilator settings.
- the local control may override any incoming changes from remote devices (e.g., the first remote device or the second remote device).
- a prioritized remote device may override any changes to ventilator settings (e.g., local changes or changes from other remote devices).
- changes from remote devices may be prevented for a lockout period (e.g., a specified period of time, such as 10 seconds, 30 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, etc.) when local control of the ventilator is detected (e.g., by the relay transceiver determining a change in the ventilator data and/or a change in one or more values of a ventilator setting).
- the remote device may be designated in a view-only mode (e.g., have view-only access or permission to the ventilator data). If changes are permitted by the remote device, the remote device, then the remote device may be operating in a view and control mode (e.g., have view and control access or permission to the ventilator data).
- a view-only mode e.g., have view-only access or permission to the ventilator data.
- the second change is transmitted to the ventilator. Transmission of the second change may cause a second setting of the ventilator (e.g., which may be the same as or different from the first setting associated with the first change) to be adjusted by an amount indicated by the second change. Operations 1302 - 1312 may repeat as required or desired. Although two remote devices are provided in the example method 1300 , any number of remote devices is appreciated.
- the phrase “at least one of element A, element B, or element C” is intended to convey any of: element A, element B, element C, elements A and B, elements A and C, elements B and C, and elements A, B, and C.
- the present technology relates to a system for remotely adjusting a ventilator.
- the system includes a display, a processor, and memory storing instructions that, when executed by the processor, cause the system to perform a set of operations.
- the set of operations include displaying, on the display, a ventilator user interface comprising an icon associated with a ventilation setting.
- the set of operations further include receiving, from a remote device, selection data comprising position information and selection information of a time-varying user input. Based on the selection data, the set of operations include determining a selection of the icon.
- the set of operations additionally includes displaying, on the ventilator user interface a value associated with the selected icon. Thereafter, the set of operations includes determining, based on the selection data, a change in the value associated with the selected icon. Additionally, the set of operations includes displaying, on the ventilator user interface, the change in the value and updating the ventilation setting based on the change in the value.
- the set of operations further includes sending display information to a replicate display device to replicate a portion of the ventilator user interface.
- the replicate display device is the remote device.
- the replicate display device is different from the remote device and is non-interactive.
- an intermediate device relays the selection data from the remote device to the ventilator.
- the system further includes a physical input component configured to adjust the value.
- the physical input component is a rotatable dial, and the change in the value is associated with an angle of rotation of the rotatable dial.
- the set of operations further includes receiving, from the remote device, adjustment data associated with the change in the value.
- a method for remotely adjusting a ventilator includes displaying, on a remote device, a remote user interface and receiving, at the remote user interface, a time-varying user input comprising an input position and an input selection.
- the method further includes sending, to the ventilator, selection data based on the input position and the input selection and receiving, from the ventilator, a selection indication of a selected ventilator icon associated with the selection data.
- the method includes receiving, from the ventilator, a change indication of a change in a value associated with the selected ventilator icon.
- the remote user interface includes a virtual trackpad.
- the method further includes receiving, from the ventilator, display data comprising display information to replicate a portion of the ventilator user interface.
- the remote user interface includes the portion of the ventilator user interface and a virtual trackpad, the portion of the ventilator user interface comprising a local position indicator.
- the method further includes receiving, at the remote user interface, an adjustment input associated with the selected ventilator icon, wherein the remote user interface comprises a remote adjustment element and the adjustment input is based on the time-varying user input at the remote adjustment element.
- the remote adjustment element is a virtual rotatable dial capable of receiving the adjustment input.
- the virtual rotatable dial is associated with a physical rotatable dial on the ventilator.
- a position of the remote adjustment element is associated with a non-selectable region of a corresponding ventilator user interface.
- the method further includes enabling the remote adjustment element based on the selection indication.
- the method further includes receiving, from the ventilator, a de-selection indication of the selected ventilator control element; and disabling the remote adjustment element.
- the method further includes displaying the selection indication on the remote user interface.
- a method for remotely adjusting a ventilator includes displaying, by the ventilator, a ventilator user interface comprising a ventilator control element associated with a ventilation setting and displaying, on a remote device, a remote user interface.
- the method further includes receiving, at the remote device, a time-varying user input at the remote user interface comprising an input position and an input selection and sending, from the remote device to the ventilator, selection data based on the selection input.
- the method includes receiving, at the ventilator, the selection data from the remote device and determining, by the ventilator, a selection of the ventilator control element, based on the selection data.
- the method includes displaying, by the ventilator on the ventilator user interface a value associated with the selected ventilator control element. Thereafter, the method includes determining, by the ventilator, a change in a value associated with the selected ventilator control element. The method further includes displaying, by the ventilator on the ventilator user interface, the change in the value; and updating the ventilation setting based on the change in the value.
- a method for remotely accessing a medical ventilator includes connecting, via a wired or wireless connection, a remote computing device to a ventilator, the ventilator having a ventilator display; and providing, on the remote computing device, a view of the ventilator display.
- the method further includes tracking, on the remote computing device, cursor movement and a cursor activation. Additionally, the method includes displaying, on the remote computing device, the cursor movement overlaid on the view of the ventilator display; and transmitting the cursor activation to the ventilator, via the wired or wireless connection.
- the set of operations further includes: receiving updated ventilator data from the relay transceiver associated with the settings change caused at the ventilator; and updating the remote user interface based on the updated ventilator data.
- the set of operations further comprise: displaying, on the display, a plurality of relay icons corresponding to a plurality of relay transceivers; receiving a selection of a particular relay icon; and based on the received selection of the particular relay icon, establishing a connection with a particular relay transceiver corresponding to the particular relay icon.
- the system is located outside a of a room in which the particular relay transceiver and the ventilator are located.
- the ventilator data is received over a wireless network of a hospital.
- the remote ventilator user interface includes at least one ventilator settings icon, and wherein the selected ventilator setting is the at least one ventilator settings icon.
- the remote interface includes a virtual bezel key representing at least one physical bezel key on the ventilator, and wherein the selected ventilator setting is the virtual bezel key.
- the remote user interface includes an adjustment element, and wherein the settings change is defined by a received interaction with the adjustment element.
- the adjustment element is a slide bar.
- the remote user interface comprises three panels: a changeable panel including the remote ventilator user interface; a selection panel including the virtual bezel key; and an adjustment panel including the adjustment element.
- a relay transceiver for remotely adjusting a ventilator.
- the relay transceiver system includes a processor; and memory storing instructions that, when executed by the processor, cause the system to perform a set of operations.
- the set of operations includes: receiving a request, from a remote device over a wireless connection between the remote device and the relay transceiver, to access ventilator data of a ventilator; and receiving the ventilator data from the ventilator over a wired connection between the ventilator and the relay transceiver.
- the set of operations further includes transmitting the ventilator data to the remote device over the wireless connection, the ventilator data causing a portion of the ventilator user interface to be replicated at the remote user interface.
- the set of operations includes receiving, from the remote device over the wireless connection, a settings change of the at least one adjustable ventilator setting; and transmitting the settings change to the ventilator over the wired connection.
- the wireless connection between the remote device and the relay transceiver is over a hospital network.
- the wired connection between the ventilator and the relay transceiver is established with at least one of: an HDMI-to-USB adapter; a dongle; a self-supported HDMI connection; and a smart cable.
- the set of operations further includes: receiving a patient video feed from a camera; and transmitting the patient video feed to the remote device for display at the remote user interface.
- the ventilator data includes a video of the ventilator user interface.
- the at least one adjustable ventilator setting is associated with one of: a physical bezel key on the ventilator; and a ventilator user interface element on the ventilator user interface.
- the at least one adjustable ventilator setting associated with the physical bezel key is one of: a display brightness; a display lock; an alarm volume; a manual inspiration; an inspiratory pause; an expiratory pause; an alarm reset; and an audio pause.
- the at least one adjustable ventilator setting associated with the ventilator user interface element is one of: an inhalation flow; a respiratory rate; a tidal volume; and a positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP).
- the set of operations further includes in response to receiving the request to access ventilator data of the ventilator, transmitting a usage agreement to the remote device over the wireless connection; and receiving an acceptance of the usage agreement from the remote device over the wireless connection.
- a method for remotely accessing a ventilator includes receiving ventilator data from a relay transceiver communicatively coupled to a ventilator. Based on the ventilator data, the method includes displaying a remote user interface including a remote ventilator user interface replicating at least a portion of a ventilator user interface of the ventilator. Additionally, the method includes receiving, at the remote user interface, a selection of a ventilator setting; receiving, at the remote user interface, a settings change to the selected ventilator setting; and transmitting the settings change to the relay transceiver.
- a method for pairing a relay transceiver with a first ventilator and a second ventilator includes: receiving first ventilator data from a first ventilator over a first wired connection between the relay transceiver and the first ventilator; and transmitting the first ventilator data to a remote device over a wireless connection between the relay transceiver and the remote device. Additionally, the method includes receiving, from the remote device, a first change to be caused at the first ventilator; transmitting the first change to the first ventilator; and receiving second ventilator data from a second ventilator over a second wired connection between the relay transceiver and the second ventilator. The method further includes transmitting the second ventilator data to the remote device over the wireless connection; receiving, from the remote device, a second change to be caused at the second ventilator; and transmitting the second change to the second ventilator.
- the first wired connection and the second wired connection are not concurrently established.
- the relay transceiver is physically disconnected from the first ventilator prior to the second wired connection being established.
- the method further includes: when receiving the first ventilator data, the relay transceiver is removably attached to a physical port of the first ventilator accessible outside of a housing of the first ventilator; and when receiving the second ventilator data, the relay transceiver is removably attached to a physical port of the second ventilator accessible outside of a housing of the second ventilator.
- the relay transceiver when receiving the second ventilator data, the relay transceiver is not attached to the physical port of the first ventilator.
- the first ventilator and the second ventilator are in different rooms of a hospital.
- the first wired connection is contained inside a room of a hospital and the remote device is outside of the room.
- transmitting the first change to the first ventilator causes a settings change at the first ventilator.
- the method further includes transmitting a disconnection notice to the remote device.
- the first ventilator data includes video data.
- a method for receiving settings changes from multiple remote devices at a relay transceiver includes receiving ventilator data from a ventilator over a wired connection; and transmitting the ventilator data to a first remote device over a first wireless connection and a second remote device over a second wireless connection.
- the method further includes receiving, from the first remote device, a first change to be caused at the ventilator; and transmitting the first change to the ventilator.
- the method includes receiving, from the second remote device, a second change to be caused at the ventilator; and transmitting the second change to the ventilator.
- the first wireless connection and the second wireless connection are over a hospital network.
- the ventilator data includes video data associated with the ventilator.
- the method further includes: receiving a patient video feed from a camera; and transmitting the patient video feed to the first remote device.
- the first remote device and the second remote device are located outside of a room in which the ventilator is located.
- the ventilator data is continuously received and transmitted.
- the second change is prevented from being received until after transmitting the first change.
- changes from the first remote device and the second remote device are prevented for a lockout period when local control of the ventilator is detected.
- the method further includes transmitting the ventilator data to a third remote device while preventing any changes to be received from the third remote device.
- the first remote device has view and control access to the ventilator data and the third remote device has view-only access to the ventilator data.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Anesthesiology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Primary Health Care (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- Multimedia (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Measurement Of The Respiration, Hearing Ability, Form, And Blood Characteristics Of Living Organisms (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 17/241,638, filed Apr. 27, 2021, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/023,343, filed May 12, 2020 and U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/050,214, filed Jul. 10, 2020, the complete disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. To the extent appropriate, priority is claimed to each of the above applications.
- Medical ventilator systems have long been used to provide ventilatory and supplemental oxygen support to patients. These ventilators typically comprise a connection for pressurized gas (air, oxygen) that is delivered to the patient through a conduit or tubing. As each patient may require a different ventilation strategy, modern ventilators can be customized for the particular needs of an individual patient. For example, several different ventilator modes or settings have been created to provide better ventilation for patients in different scenarios, such as mandatory ventilation modes, spontaneous ventilation modes, and assist-control ventilation modes. Ventilators monitor a variety of patient parameters and are well equipped to provide reports and other information regarding a patient's condition. To change modes and the settings therein, medical care professionals must interact directly with the ventilator.
- Aspects of the present disclosure relate to remotely adjusting a ventilator. A remote device (e.g., located outside of a room of a ventilator which the remote device is controlling) may receive an input at a remote user interface of the remote device to cause a settings change at the ventilator. The input may vary based on what is displayed on the remote user interface. In an example, the remote user interface may be a trackpad with an adjustment element. In this instance, the input may correlate a remote position indicator with a local ventilator position indicator. In another example, the remote user interface may replicate a portion of the ventilator GUI. In this instance, selectable elements at the remote user interface may be associated with an overlay to correlate with a selection at the ventilator.
- The remote device and the ventilator may be connected via a relay transceiver. The relay transceiver may be movable between two or more ventilators. The relay transceiver may have a wired connection with a ventilator and a wireless connection with a remote device. Multiple remote devices may be capable of connecting with a single relay transceiver. Inputs at the remote device may effectuate settings changes at the ventilator using the relay transceiver.
- Additionally, the remote user interface may include user interface elements associated with physical user interface element of the ventilator (e.g., a physical bezel key or a physical dial). For example, the remote user interface may include a virtual bezel key or an adjustment element. The remote user interface may be subdivided into sections or panels, such as a changeable section (e.g., changeable based on a view mode), a selection section, or an adjustment section.
- This Summary is provided to introduce a selection of concepts in a simplified form that are further described below in the Detailed Description. This Summary is not intended to identify key features or essential features of the claimed subject matter, nor is it intended to be used to limit the scope of the claimed subject matter.
-
FIG. 1A depicts a diagram illustrating an example of a ventilator connected to a human patient. -
FIG. 1B depicts a diagram illustrating the ventilator ofFIG. 1A , a remote display, and a remote device for adjusting the ventilator and/or viewing data from the ventilator. -
FIG. 1C depicts a schematic diagram illustrating features of the remote device. -
FIGS. 2A-2C depict example systems for remotely adjusting a ventilator with a remote device. -
FIG. 3 depicts an example method for remotely adjusting a ventilator based on a time-varying user input received at a remote device. -
FIG. 4 depicts another example method for remotely adjusting a ventilator based on a time-varying user input received at a remote device. -
FIGS. 5A and 5B depict example user interfaces of a ventilator and a remote device. -
FIG. 5C depicts an example remote user interface on a remote display of a remote device. -
FIG. 6 depicts a method for remotely adjusting and/or accessing a ventilator based on an input received at a remote device. -
FIGS. 7A, 7B, 7C, and 7D depict examples of a remote user interface. -
FIGS. 8A and 8B depict example systems for remotely adjusting a ventilator with a remote device. -
FIG. 9 depicts a diagram showing example allocations of relay transceivers. -
FIG. 10 depicts a method for remotely adjusting a ventilator from a perspective of a remote device. -
FIG. 11 depicts a method for remotely adjusting a ventilator from a perspective of a relay transceiver. -
FIG. 12 depicts a method for pairing a relay transceiver with multiple ventilators. -
FIG. 13 depicts a method for receiving changes to be caused at a ventilator from multiple remote devices. - While examples of the disclosure are amenable to various modifications and alternative forms, specific aspects have been shown by way of example in the drawings and are described in detail below. The intention is not to limit the scope of the disclosure to the particular aspects described. On the contrary, the disclosure is intended to cover all modifications, equivalents, and alternatives falling within the scope of the disclosure and the appended claims.
- Ventilation provided to patients via a ventilator is controlled based, at least in part, on settings and inputs provided by a medical professional. To provide those inputs and settings, however, the medical professional must directly interact with the ventilator, such as by pressing buttons, providing touch inputs, rotating knobs or dials, etc. Directly interacting with the ventilator may present risks to the medical professional as well as the patient. For example, physically touching different ventilators increases the risk of cross-contamination and the potential spread of diseases. In addition, direct interaction with a ventilator requires physical access to the ventilator, which can be a challenge particularly in the case of patients with highly contagious diseases that may be quarantined.
- The present technology looks to alleviate some of those problems by providing remote control or remote adjustment of the ventilator by a remote device. In an embodiment, the remote device receives an input at a remote user interface that is correlated or associated with a ventilator user interface displayed on the ventilator. The input may be a time-varying user input received over time. Additionally, aspects of the remote user interface on the remote device are associated with physical input components (e.g., buttons, knobs, dials, switches, etc.) on the ventilator, such that an adjustment at the remote user interface causes the same change on the ventilator user interface as a physical input. Accordingly, the ventilator may be remotely controlled by a medical professional from the remote device. By being remote from the ventilator, the medical professional does not have to physically interact with the ventilator itself.
- The present technology is directly applicable to treatment of patients having highly contagious respiratory diseases, such as a coronavirus disease (COVID-19) caused by the severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2). Remotely controlling a ventilator allows for the enhancement of COVID-19 patient care by: (1) increasing patient and clinician safety, (2) reducing usage of personal protective equipment (PPE), (3) providing easily accessible patient status and wellbeing information, and (4) allowing remote consultations with global experts.
- First, patient and clinician safety are improved by the present technology. Clinician safety is improved by allowing a clinician to provide care to a contagious patient (e.g., a patient that contracted COVID-19) from outside of the patient's room. The clinician may therefore provide care with less exposure to contagion. Additionally, patient safety is also improved by the present technology by reducing the patient's exposure to the clinician. A clinician may interact with multiple ventilators and multiple patients throughout a hospital and may thus spread infection even when asymptomatic. Limiting the clinician's entry into a patient room reduces the risk of cross-contamination of COVID-19, or other contagious diseases, spread by a clinician.
- Second, the present technology reduces usage of PPE. During a global pandemic, such as COVID-19, there can be a shortage of PPE. This is, in part, due to an increase in usage of PPE by all people (e.g., not just patient care providers) and an increase in global purchases of PPE by treatment facilities, businesses, and everyday consumers. Additionally, PPE is expensive, time-consuming to don correctly, may cause discomfort or even injury to the wearer, may impede wearer focus, and increases waste build-up due to limited reuse. Thus, reducing usage of PPE improves quality and speed of care, reduces cost, and protects the environment. Specifically, conserving PPE helps a clinician by increasing comfort and preventing lack of focus or impatience caused by uncomfortable or painful PPE, preserves the availability of PPE when needed, and reduces the risk of a clinician wearing PPE incorrectly and resulting in accidental exposure to contagious diseases. Conserving PPE helps patients by reducing delays in patient care caused by the time needed to correctly don PPE. This delay accumulates throughout the day as clinicians reposition or replace PPE, thus reducing overall time otherwise spent with patients. By allowing access to patients without requiring PPE, clinicians may be able to provide quicker patient care.
- Third, the present technology reduces stress of clinicians and loved ones by providing easily accessible patient status and wellbeing information. By allowing remote viewing and control of a ventilator, clinician stress may be reduced by easily viewing ventilator settings remotely. For example, a clinician may check on multiple patients while saving time otherwise spent walking from room to room. Additionally, a view of the ventilator screen and the patient's status may be available for friends and family of a contagious patient who otherwise could not be in the room with the patient (e.g., to prevent spread).
- Fourth, the present technology allows remote consultation with global experts. During a global pandemic, such as COVID-19, experts around the globe are working together to combat spread of a contagious disease. This includes experts such as COVID-19 recovery experts, ventilator diagnostic experts, vaccination and antibody experts, other clinical or medical experts (e.g., a clinical hotline), service experts (e.g., a manufacturer consult for if a ventilator appears to be malfunctioning), and product training experts (e.g., to consult with a manufacturer for training or use cases of a ventilator), etc. These experts are not located in a single treatment facility, nor are these experts located in each treatment facility. To provide the best care to COVID-19 patients world-wide, the present technology allows for remote ventilator view sharing for consultation with a variety of experts located around the world. Thus, the present technology provides a variety of advantages specific to treating COVID-19.
- Beyond the pandemic scenario and COVID-19 specifically, the present technology has a variety of other practical applications for patient care. For example, the present technology may be used for patient isolation rooms, such as when a patient has or might have a communicable disease, when PPE is required to enter a room, or if the patient or equipment inside a room presents any danger to anyone entering the room. Additionally, the present technology may be used to limit direct interaction with a patient that is immunocompromised or otherwise susceptible to infection, such as a patient recovering from an organ transplant. The present technology may also be implemented when access is limited for safety, such as when a sterile procedure is being performed (e.g., limiting entry into a room while changing a wound dressing or a catheter), or when radiation is utilized (e.g., limiting exposure to a clinician in imaging rooms for computerized tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MM), x-ray imaging, etc.). Moreover, use of the present technology may also apply to areas of a hospital that have limited access due to security, such as the maternity ward or neonatal care areas (e.g., neonatal intensive care unit, NICU).
- The present technology may also be implemented to limit movement in and out of a patient room and limit visible interactions with the ventilator. This may significantly reduce the stress of patients and visitors. For example, visitors may experience stress when watching a clinician adjust ventilator settings in person. By allowing the clinician to perform minor adjustments just outside of the room, stress of visiting family members and friends may be reduced. Additionally, remote ventilator viewing and adjustment allows visitors to have longer periods of uninterrupted time with the patient. This may be particularly impactful for certain patient populations, such as fragile NICU patients, or terminal patients.
- The present technology can also increase the speed or daily rounds by a pulmonologist, clinician, or other assigned caregiver by reducing the amount of time otherwise required to walk from bedside-to-bedside. Additionally, the present technology may provide viewing of live data for teaching opportunities, such as for study by residents, students, ongoing clinical trials, etc. Further, the present technology provides a gateway for remote collaboration and consultation by medical teams or experts located outside of a treatment facility or far away, including longer-term care facilities, home care patients, transportation of patients between facilities (e.g., a patient being transferred or travelling via plane, helicopter, or ambulance), military care locations (e.g., temporary facilities, field hospitals, aircrafts, naval vessels, etc.), or rural care facilities (e.g., rural ICUs).
-
FIG. 1A depicts a diagram illustrating an example of aventilator 100 connected to ahuman patient 150.Ventilator 100 includes a pneumatic system 102 (also referred to as a pressure generating system 102) for circulating breathing gases to and frompatient 150 via theventilation tubing system 130, which couples the patient to the pneumatic system via an invasive (e.g., endotracheal tube, as shown) or a non-invasive (e.g., nasal mask)patient interface 180. -
Ventilation tubing system 130 may be a two-limb (shown) or a one-limb circuit for carrying gases to and from thepatient 150. In a two-limb example, a fitting, typically referred to as a “wye-fitting” 170, may be provided to couple thepatient interface 180 to aninhalation limb 134 and anexhalation limb 132 of theventilation tubing system 130. -
Pneumatic system 102 may have a variety of configurations. In the present example,system 102 includes anexhalation module 108 coupled with theexhalation limb 132 and aninhalation module 104 coupled with theinhalation limb 134.Compressor 106 or other source(s) of pressurized gases (e.g., air, oxygen, and/or helium) is coupled withinhalation module 104 to provide a gas source for ventilatory support viainhalation limb 134. Thepneumatic system 102 may include a variety of other components, including mixing modules, valves, sensors, tubing, accumulators, filters, etc. -
Controller 110 is operatively coupled withpneumatic system 102, signal measurement and acquisition systems, and anoperator interface 120 that may enable an operator to interact with the ventilator 100 (e.g., change ventilator settings, select operational modes, view monitored parameters, etc.).Controller 110 may includememory 112, one ormore processors 116,storage 114, and/or other components of the type found in command and control computing devices. In the depicted example,operator interface 120 includes adisplay 122 that may be touch-sensitive and/or voice-activated, enabling thedisplay 122 to serve both as an input and output device. - The
memory 112 includes non-transitory, computer-readable hardware storage media that stores software that is executed by theprocessor 116 and which controls the operation of theventilator 100. In an example, thememory 112 includes one or more solid-state storage devices such as flash memory chips. In an alternative example, thememory 112 may be mass storage connected to theprocessor 116 through a mass storage controller (not shown) and a communications bus (not shown). -
FIG. 1B depicts a diagram illustrating theventilator 100 ofFIG. 1A , a firstremote device 160, and a secondremote device 194. The firstremote device 160 and the secondremote device 194 may be capable of adjusting theventilator 100 and/or viewing data from theventilator 100. Thedisplay 122 of the ventilator is communicatively coupled to the remainder of the ventilator components, such as memory, processors, sensors, etc. Thedisplay 122 is configured to display the ventilator graphical user interface (GUI) 123. Theventilator GUI 123 may be an interactive display, e.g., a touch-sensitive screen or otherwise, and may provide various windows (i.e., visual areas) comprising elements for receiving user input and interface command operations and for displaying ventilatory information (e.g., ventilatory data, alerts, patient information, parameter settings, etc.). The elements may include controls, graphics, charts, tool bars, input fields, icons, etc. Alternatively, other suitable means for providing input may be provided on theventilator 100, for instance by a wheel, dial, knob, keyboard, mouse, bezel key, or other suitable interactive device. Thus,ventilator user interface 123 on the display may accept commands and input throughdisplay 122 as touch input or through other input devices. Inputs may be received by theventilator 100 from aclinician 190. - The
ventilator user interface 123 may also provide useful information in the form of various ventilatory data regarding ventilation of the patient, the physical condition of a patient, and/or a prescribed respiratory treatment. The useful information may be derived by theventilator 100, based on data collected by sensors, and the useful information may be displayed in the form of graphs, wave representations (e.g., a waveform), pie graphs, numbers, or other suitable forms of graphic display. Additionally, theventilator user interface 123 may provide selectable and/or adjustable ventilator control elements to select or adjust associated ventilatory settings. In an example, the ventilator control element may be an icon on theventilator user interface 123. In another example, the ventilator control element may be a physical input at theventilator 100. - The ventilator controls ventilation of a
patient 150 according to the ventilatory settings. Ventilatory settings (or ventilation settings) may include any appropriate input for configuring the ventilator to deliver breathable gases to a particular patient, including measurements and settings associated with exhalation flow of the breathing circuit. Ventilatory settings may be entered or adjusted, e.g., by a clinician based on a prescribed treatment protocol for the particular patient, or automatically generated by the ventilator, e.g., based on attributes (i.e., age, diagnosis, ideal body weight, gender, etc.) of the particular patient according to any appropriate standard protocol or otherwise. Ventilatory settings may include inhalation flow, frequency of delivered breaths (e.g., respiratory rate), tidal volume, positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP), etc. - The first
remote device 160 may include a firstremote display 162 that is capable of displaying a firstremote GUI 163. Similarly, the secondremote device 194 may include a secondremote display 196 that is capable of displaying a secondremote GUI 198. In an example, the firstremote device 160 may be a tablet computer and the secondremote device 194 may be a laptop computer. Other types of devices are also possible. The firstremote GUI 163 and the secondremote GUI 198 may replicate theventilator GUI 123, or a portion thereof In other examples, the firstremote GUI 163 or the secondremote GUI 198 may display alternate views or perspectives of theventilator GUI 123. In some examples, the firstremote GUI 163 may be different from the second remote GUI 168. The firstremote display 162 and/or the secondremote display 196 may be a touchscreen for receiving inputs and interactions with the firstremote GUI 163 and the secondremote GUI 198, respectively. In other examples, the firstremote device 160 and/or the secondremote device 194 may also include other input means, including voice input or other input elements such as keyboards, buttons, wheels, mouse, trackpad, bezel key, etc. for inputting data into the firstremote device 160 and the secondremote device 194, respectively. The firstremote device 160 may establish a first wired orwireless connection 164 with theventilator 100. Similarly, the secondremote device 194 may also establish a second wired orwireless connection 192 with theventilator 100. The first wired orwireless connection 164 and the second wired orwireless connection 192 may be any type of connection capable of transmitting data between two devices, such as radio-frequency wireless connections, cables, etc. For example, the first wired orwireless connection 164 and/or the second wired orwireless connection 192 may be a WIFI-based connection, a BLUETOOTH-based connection, an RF-LITE-based connection, a ZIGBEE-based connection, an ultra-wideband-based connection, an Ethernet connection, a network-based connection (e.g., local area network (LAN), wide area network (WAN), etc.), an Internet-based connection, and/or an optical connection, such as an infrared-based connection. - The first wired or
wireless connection 164 and the second wired orwireless connection 192 may be used to transmit data to theventilator 100 and/or receive data from theventilator 100 via a data signal. For example, data may be transmitted, via the first wired orwireless connection 164 and/or the second wired orwireless connection 192, from theventilator 100 to the firstremote device 160 and/or the secondremote device 194. The transmitted data or data signal may be used to populate one or more of the firstremote GUI 163 and the secondremote GUI 198. In addition, data may be transmitted, via the first wired orwireless connection 164 and/or second wired orwireless connection 192, from the firstremote device 160 and/or secondremote device 194 to theventilator 100. The transmitted data may be indicative of an input or change in a value associated with a ventilatory setting for theventilator 100, as received as an input at the firstremote device 160 or the secondremote device 194. The input may be received over a period of time, or alternatively may be associated with one point in time. Accordingly, settings for theventilator 100 may be changed remotely via the firstremote device 160 and/or secondremote device 194. - As an example, the first
remote device 160 may display a firstremote GUI 163 that is interactive, or available to receive a time-varying user input at the firstremote device 160. Alternatively, the firstremote device 160 may be non-interactive (e.g., the firstremote GUI 163 may be limited to remote viewing of theventilator GUI 123 without accepting any inputs or adjustments). The firstremote GUI 163 may be the same (e.g., replicated) or different from theventilator GUI 123. In an example, the firstremote GUI 163 may be a virtual trackpad. In another example, the firstremote GUI 163 may be a user interface that is specific to attributes of the firstremote device 160. For example, the firstremote GUI 163 may manipulate UI elements of the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., change all or a portion of element size or orientation, reorganize, show a subset of elements, etc.) based on screen size, application real estate, type of device (e.g., mobile device, tablet, laptop, etc.). As another example, the firstremote GUI 163 may fill all or a portion of the firstremote display 162 of the firstremote device 160. The secondremote device 194 may display a secondremote GUI 198 that may be the same or different from the firstremote GUI 163. In an example, the firstremote device 160 may be interactive, while the secondremote device 194 may non-interactive, or display-only. In a further example, the firstremote device 160 may be a tablet with a first screen size and manipulated UI elements, while the secondremote device 194 may be a laptop with a second screen size replicating theventilator GUI 123. - In an example where the first
remote GUI 163 or secondremote GUI 198 is capable of receiving user interaction (e.g., interactive), a time-varying user input may be received at the firstremote device 160 or secondremote device 194 at a firstremote position indicator 165 or secondremote position indicator 199, such as registered touch on a touchscreen, hovering over a touchscreen, a mouse cursor position, a trackpad cursor position, selected UI elements, etc. The firstremote position indicator 165 and/or secondremote position indicator 199 may be correlated with, or correspond to, a localventilator position indicator 127 on theventilator GUI 123. In some examples, the localventilator position indicator 127 may be a cursor or other visual element that indicates a current selection position. Theventilator 100 may send data via a data signal to the interactive firstremote device 160 and/or secondremote device 194 to allow replication of portions of theventilator GUI 123, including the localventilator position indicator 127. - The
ventilator 100 may include at least onephysical input component 129. For example, thephysical input component 129 may be a button, wheel, dial, slide, switch, key, etc. Thephysical input component 129 may be positioned or located on theventilator 100 outside of theventilator GUI 123. Additionally, a physical input, from a clinician, at thephysical input component 129 may be associated with an adjustment of a selected ventilator control element on theventilator GUI 123. In an example, the secondremote GUI 198 may include one or moreremote adjustment elements 197 correlated with or associated with a physical input at thephysical input component 129. Theremote adjustment elements 197 may be virtual elements that are displayed on the secondremote GUI 198. Theremote adjustment elements 197 may also be displayed in a format that is based on the corresponding physical input component. For instance, in the example depicted, theremote adjustment element 197 appears as a virtual dial, and the remote adjustment element may be manipulated in the same manner as a dial (e.g., a touch input to rotate the virtual dial, as may be received over time). An adjustment input associated with theremote adjustment element 197 on the secondremote GUI 198, as may be a time-varying user input or alternatively associated with one point in time, may be transmitted through a data signal over the second wired orwireless connection 192 to theventilator 100. Based on the adjustment input transmitted through an adjustment data signal, the ventilator may determine a change in a selected ventilator setting as if thephysical input component 129 was physically adjusted. The remote adjustment element may be overlaid or outside of user interface elements displayed on the secondremote GUI 198. - A clinician may perform an input action at the remote device (e.g., first
remote device 160 and/or second remote device 194) to effectuate a change at theventilator 100. A user action received at the remote device may be a user input (as may be a time-varying) or other user interaction, as otherwise described herein. In examples, an input action may be received at a wheel, dial, knob, keyboard, mouse, bezel key, touchpad, microphone, or other suitable interactive device associated with the remote device. Physical buttons and/or keys on a keyboard may include up or down arrows, numerical keys, mouse buttons, a mouse wheel, etc. The input action received at a suitable interactive device communicatively coupled with a remote device may then be associated with an input at theventilator 100. For instance, an input action of selecting an up arrow on a keyboard communicatively coupled to the remote device may increase a value at theventilator 100. - Scrolling a mouse wheel associated with the remote device may also effectuate a change at the
ventilator 100. In an example, scrolling a mouse wheel associated with the remote device may increase or decrease a value at theventilator 100. For instance, after a selection at the remote device (e.g., received at any suitable interactive device) that is associated with a selection at the ventilator 100 (e.g., selection of any user interface element on theventilator GUI 123 and/or selection of aphysical input 129 at the ventilator 100), a scroll of a mouse wheel at the remote device may change a value associated with the selection at theventilator 100. Alternatively, a scroll of a mouse wheel associated with the remote device may change an associated value at theventilator 100 without a prior selection at the remote device (e.g., a value associated with a current position indicator or cursor without a selection). Although a mouse wheel is described, it should be appreciated that these examples may be applied to any rotatable element, such as a physical wheel, dial, or any other variable, physical input associated with the remote device. - An input action at the remote device may also be a gesture. A gesture received at the remote device may be associated with a change at the
ventilator 100. For example, the change at theventilator 100 may be the same result as if the gesture were directly received at theventilator GUI 123. A gesture at the remote device may be received at any of the interactive devices described herein (e.g., mouse, touchpad, touchscreen, etc.). A variety of gestures may be supported by the remote device, including a swipe, double-tap, drag, touch and hold, drag and drop, etc. One or more controls on theventilator GUI 123 may be configurable to change in response to one or more gestures at the remote device. Gestures at the remote device may cause visual changes (or visually change) of one or more portions of theventilator GUI 123, such as maximizing, minimizing, enlarging, shrinking, expanding, collapsing, scrolling, condensing, or otherwise augmenting the view of a portion of theventilator GUI 123. One or more gestures at the remote device may effectuate the same or similar visual changes on one or more portions of theventilator GUI 123. Examples of a portion of theventilator GUI 123 that may be visually changed include a dialog, panel, waveform, tooltip, list, alarm, alarm banner, patient data, patient data panel, graph axis scale, waveform cursor, scrollbar, etc., on theventilator GUI 123. - As an example gesture, a swipe gesture may include substantially linear movement in a specific direction. Thus, a swipe gesture includes a line with a start position and an end position. In an example, the movement associated with the swipe is rapid. A swipe at the remote device, or a swipe at the remote GUI of the remote device (e.g., first
remote GUI 163 of firstremote device 160 or at a secondremote GUI 198 at second remote device 194), may visually change a portion of theventilator GUI 123. In an example, a swipe toward the center of the remote GUI may open a dialog and/or panel on theventilator GUI 123, and a swipe toward a side (e.g., right side, left side, top side, bottom side) of the remote GUI may close a dialog and/or panel on theventilator GUI 123. The dialogs and/or panels may slide in or out from one or more sides of theventilator GUI 123 and/or remote GUI. In another example, a paused waveform on theventilator GUI 123 may be moved in a desired direction on theventilator GUI 123 by a swipe at the remote device in the desired direction. - If a portion of the swipe gesture received at the remote device (i.e., a portion of the line which may include the start position and/or end position) is associated with at least a portion of a control on the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., overlaps a control on the ventilator GUI 123), then a visual aspect of the control on the
ventilator GUI 123 may change. For example, a swipe at the remote GUI, for which at least a portion of the swipe is associated with a portion of a waveform on theventilator GUI 123, may cause a visual change of the waveform on theventilator GUI 123. For instance, an upward swipe at the remote device that is associated with an overlap of a waveform on aventilation GUI 123 may maximize or enlarge the waveform, while a downward swipe may minimize or shrink the waveform. - In another example, a swipe at the remote GUI, for which at least a portion of the swipe is associated with a portion of a tooltip on the
ventilator GUI 123, may cause a change in the displayed description associated with the tooltip. As referred to herein, a tooltip is information related to providing assistance or help related to theventilator 100 and/or user interface elements displayed on theventilator GUI 123. For instance, an upward swipe at the remote device that is associated with an overlap of a tooltip on theventilator GUI 123 may expand the tooltip description (e.g., display a longer description or open the description), while a downward swipe may collapse the tooltip description (e.g., display a shorter description or close the description). - In a further example, a swipe at the remote GUI, for which at least a portion of the swipe is associated with a portion of a patient panel on the
ventilator GUI 123, may cause a change in the display of the patient panel. For instance, an upward swipe at the remote device that is associated with an overlap of a patient panel on theventilator GUI 123 may display additional information (e.g., open the patient panel or open an additional patient panel or otherwise display additional information associated with the patient) on theventilator GUI 123, while a downward swipe may enlarge aspects of the patient panel (e.g., display larger font). - A double-tap gesture may include two selection inputs (e.g., mouse clicks, touches, button presses, etc.) associated with a substantially same position within a shortened time or in rapid succession. A double-tap at the remote device may visually change a portion of the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., at a position on the
ventilator GUI 123 associated with the position at which the double-tap is received at the remote device). For example, a double-tap received at the remote device may maximize or minimize a portion of a waveform on theventilator GUI 123, expand or collapse a tooltip description (e.g., as may be similar to swiping over a tooltip) on theventilation GUI 123, display a pop-up menu on theventilator GUI 123, etc. - A drag gesture may include an uninterrupted selection and movement. For example, a drag may include movement of a touch interaction across a touch surface without losing contact with the touch surface. The drag gesture may be similar to a swipe gesture over a longer time and/or at a slower speed. A drag gesture at the remote device may visually change a portion of the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., at one or more positions on the
ventilator GUI 123 associated with one or more positions at which the drag gesture was received at the remote device). - For example, a drag at the remote device may scroll through a list on the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., drag upward, drag downward, drag to the right, or drag to the left, or any combination of directions). The scroll on the
ventilator GUI 123 may be in the same or opposite direction of that of the drag at the remote device. The scroll speed may be based on a distance of the associated drag outside of a boundary of the list. For instance, a drag at the remote device associated with a position at theventilator GUI 123 that is further outside the boundary of a list may cause faster scrolling of the list at theventilator GUI 123. Scrolling on theventilator GUI 123 may be automatic when the drag at the remote device begins at a position associated inside the list and ends at a position associated outside the list. - In another example, a drag at the remote device that is associated with an axis of a graph on the
ventilator GUI 123 may change a scale of the graph axis. For instance, a drag to the right at the remote device may increase the scale of the axis of a graph on theventilator GUI 123, a drag to the left may decrease the scale of the axis, an upward drag may increase a scale of a y-axis of the graph, a downward drag may decrease the scale of the y-axis of the graph, etc. As a further example, when a waveform is paused on theventilator GUI 123, a drag at the remote device may move a cursor on the waveform and/or the graph of the waveform on theventilator GUI 123. - A touch and hold gesture may include a continuous selection lapsing at least a threshold of time. For example, a touch and hold gesture may include a selection continuously received for at least 0.5 seconds. A touch and hold at the remote device may visually change a portion of the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., at the position on the
ventilator GUI 123 associated with the position at which the touch and hold is received at the remote device). For example, a touch and hold received at the remote device may display a tooltip dialog for a user interface element on theventilator GUI 123. A tooltip dialog appearing on theventilator GUI 123 as a result of a touch and hold at a remote device may be visually emphasized (e.g., highlighting, tinting, blinking, glowing, etc.) to indicate an association with a touch and hold gesture. - A drag and drop gesture may include an uninterrupted selection and movement (i.e., drag gesture) accompanied by a de-selection. For example, a drag and drop gesture may include receiving a touch selection, drag, and touch release at the remote device, associated with a portion of the
ventilator GUI 123. A drag and drop gesture at the remote device may visually change a portion of the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., at a position on theventilator GUI 123 associated with a start position and/or end position at which the drag and drop is received at the remote device). For example, a drag and drop received at the remote device may visually display a help icon on the ventilator GUI 123 (e.g., dragging and dropping) onto a displayed user interface element on theventilator GUI 123. If the help icon is “dropped” onto a user interface element on theventilation GUI 123, a help description may be displayed (e.g., a help description associated with the user interface element onto which the help icon was dropped). Prior to “dropping” the help icon, a visual indication of whether additional information is available for the overlaid element may be displayed (e.g., the overlaid element and/or the dragged help icon may be glowing, highlighted, display a symbol or other icon, etc.). - The remote device may have a variety of configurations or may have limited components. For example, the remote device may not include a display or may not include a computer. Alternatively, the remote device may be a peripheral device for receiving a clinician's input at the remote device (e.g., mouse, keyboard, touchpad, microphone, number pads, etc.). For example, the remote device may be a peripheral device for receiving input from a clinician that sends information associated with the input to the
ventilator 100. - In another example, the
ventilator 100 may be “headless” (e.g., have no display or GUI) and may send display information to a display device, such as replicatedisplay device 216 inFIG. 2A . For instance, theventilator 100 may receive information from a peripheral device (i.e., the remote device) and then send display information to a third device that may be positioned remotely from the ventilator 100 (e.g., outside of a room in which theventilator 100 is located and/or in a different room from which theventilator 100 is located). -
FIG. 1C depicts a schematic diagram illustrating features of the firstremote device 160 and secondremote device 194. In some examples, firstremote device 160 and/or the secondremote device 194 may be a tablet, smartphone, laptop, or other type of computing device. The firstremote device 160 may be different from the secondremote device 194. In its most basic configuration, the firstremote device 160 and secondremote device 194 typically include at least oneprocessor 171 andhardware memory 173. Depending on the exact configuration and type of computing device, memory 173 (storing, among other things, instructions to perform the proximity, control, and display methods disclosed herein) can be volatile (such as RAM), non-volatile (such as ROM, flash memory, etc.), or some combination of the two. This most basic configuration is illustrated inFIG. 1C is indicated by dashedline 175. Further, firstremote device 160 and secondremote device 194 may also include storage devices (removable, 177, and/or non-removable, 179) including, but not limited to, solid-state devices, magnetic or optical disks, or tape. Similarly, firstremote device 160 and secondremote device 194 can also have input device(s) 183 such as touch screens, keyboard, mouse, pen, voice input, etc., and/or output device(s) 181 such as a display, speakers, printer, etc. Also included in the environment can be one ormore communication connections 185, such as LAN, WAN, point to point, Bluetooth, RF, etc. - The first
remote device 160 and secondremote device 194 may each be a single computing device operating in a networked environment using logical connections to one or more remote computers. The remote computer can be a personal computer, a server, a router, a network PC, a peer device or other common network node, and typically includes many or all of the elements described above as well as others not so mentioned. The logical connections can include any method supported by available communications media. Such networking environments may be commonplace in hospitals, offices, enterprise-wide computer networks, intranets, and the Internet. -
FIGS. 2A-2C depict example systems for remotely adjusting aventilator 202 with aremote device 226. More specifically,FIG. 2A depicts anexample system 200A for remote adjustment of aventilator 202 based on an input, as may be time-varying, received at aremote device 226. Thesystem 200A includes aventilator 202, a replicatedisplay device 216, and aremote device 226. Theventilator 202 may be similar toventilator 100 described herein. For example, theventilator 202 may include a display 204 (similar to display 122) and a ventilator GUI 206 (similar to ventilator GUI 123). Theventilator GUI 206 may include a local ventilator position indicator 208 (similar to local ventilator position indicator 127). The localventilator position indicator 208 may also includepast movement data 210. Thepast movement data 210 may indicate the prior position of the localventilator position indicator 208 or a vector of prior positions of the localventilator position indicator 208. In some sense, thepast movement data 210 may effectively be a trail of the localventilator position indicator 208. All, or a portion of, thepast movement data 210 may be displayed as an indicator on theventilator GUI 206 and/orremote GUI 230. - The
ventilator 202 may be physically separated or distanced from the replicatedisplay device 216 and/or theremote device 226 by aphysical separation 212, such as a distance, a room, a wall or separator, a door, a window, a screen, etc. In an example, theventilator GUI 123 may not be visible from the location of theremote device 226. The replicatedisplay device 216 and theremote device 226 may be communicatively coupled to the ventilator via a first wired orwireless connection 214A and a second wired orwireless connection 214B, respectively, which may be similar to wired orwireless connections wireless connection 214A and the second wired orwireless connection 214B may be different. - The replicate
display device 216 includes a replicatedisplay 218 with a replicateGUI 220. The replicatedisplay device 216 receives data via the wired orwireless connection 214A to replicate theventilator GUI 206, which may include a replicate position indicator 222 (replicating the ventilator position indicator 208). The replicateposition indicator 222 and theventilator position indicator 208 may be based onpast movement data GUI 220 may replicate all or a portion of theventilator GUI 206. Additionally or alternatively, the replicateGUI 220 may display a different view or perspective of theventilator GUI 206 and/ordisplay 204. In an example, the wired orwireless connection 214A between theventilator 202 and the replicatedisplay device 216 may be one-way such that data is transmitted from theventilator 202 to the replicatedisplay device 216. The replicatedisplay device 216 may be non-interactive. As an example, the replicatedisplay device 216 may be a television or a monitor. - The replicate
display device 216 may be located outside ofseparation 212 or, alternatively, located proximate to theventilator 100. In an example where the replicatedisplay device 216 is located proximate to theventilator 100, the replicatedisplay device 216 may be positioned to allow visibility of the replicatedisplay 218 from outside of theseparation 212. For example, the replicatedisplay device 216 may be mounted inside of a room of a hospital, facing outward, or alternatively mounted outside of the room. In either of these examples, the replicateGUI 220 of the replicatedisplay device 216 may be viewable from outside of the room by a clinician using aremote device 226. In a further example, the replicatedisplay device 216 and theremote device 226 may be proximate one another, such that a user of theremote device 226 may track the replicateposition indicator 222 on the replicate GUI 220 (replicated from the localventilator position indicator 208 on the ventilator GUI 206) as the user moves the trackpad (also moving the remote position indicator 232). - The
remote device 226 may include aremote display 228 with aremote GUI 230. Theremote device 226 may be similar to theremote devices FIGS. 1B and 1C . For example, theremote GUI 230 may include aremote position indicator 232 based on remotepast movement data 234. Theremote GUI 230 may also include a firstremote adjustment element 236 and a secondremote adjustment element 238, which may allow a virtual adjustment of aphysical input component 129 of theventilator 100. For example, firstremote adjustment element 236 and the secondremote adjustment element 238 may be a variety of inputs, including a virtual numerical input, a slider bar, a dial, a wheel, an arrow, an up/down control, a voice input, a haptic input, etc. While theremote adjustment element 236 and the secondremote adjustment element 238 are generally virtual elements displayed in a GUI, in some examples, theremote adjustment element 236 and/or the secondremote adjustment element 238 may be a physical element (such as a physical dial) that is incorporated on theremote device 226. In an example, the firstremote adjustment element 236 and the secondremote adjustment element 238 may be different. For example, the firstremote adjustment element 236 may be a dial and the secondremote adjustment element 238 may be up/down controls. - In use, the remote device receives position and selection input from a user which corresponding to a ventilator setting. That position and selection input is sent to the ventilator, which causes the ventilator setting to be selected. Once that setting is selected, the user can interact with the
remote adjustment elements - Additionally or alternatively to the first
remote GUI 163 or the secondremote GUI 198 described inFIG. 1B , theremote GUI 230 of theremote device 226 may include a virtual trackpad. In an example where theremote GUI 230 is, or includes, a virtual trackpad, theremote GUI 230 may include a portion of theremote GUI 230 to appear blank or otherwise lack any user interface elements. As an example, all or a portion of the elements displayed on the replicateGUI 220 may be displayed on a portion of theremote GUI 230. In an example, a portion of the replicateGUI 220 may be displayed on theremote GUI 230 adjacent to a trackpad. The virtual trackpad may allow for aremote position indicator 232 on theremote device 226 to be correlated with the localventilator position indicator 208 on theventilator 202. The correlated position information, based on a position input, may be sent to theventilator 202 over the wired orwireless connection 214B. The position input may be a time-varying user input. - Correlation of the
remote position indicator 232 with the localventilator position indicator 208 may be determined based on a one-to-one overlay and/or may be movement-based. In an example where the direct correlation is an overlay, there may be a one-to-one mapping of x-y coordinates on theremote GUI 230 with x-y coordinates on theventilator GUI 206. As a further example, a one-to-one overlay may occur where theventilator GUI 206 is replicated on theremote GUI 230 of theremote device 226. Accordingly, an input at aremote position indicator 232 on theremote GUI 230 may have a direct correspondence with a localventilator position indicator 208 on theventilator GUI 206. In an example where the direct correlation is movement based, remotepast movement data 234 on theremote GUI 230 may be associated with a local ventilatorpast movement data 210. For example, the localventilator position indicator 208 may change location or position on theventilator GUI 206 based on the remotepast movement data 234, irrespective of an x-y coordinate of the remotepast movement data 234. For instance, the starting position of the remotepast movement data 234 may be zeroed for the localventilator position indicator 208. As an example, dragging theremote position indicator 232 on the virtual trackpad causes a corresponding movement of the localventilator position indicator 208. - The features of the
remote GUI 230 may have various advantages. For example, the use of a virtual trackpad allows for the transmission of position and click (or gesture) information, rather than commands for specific setting types and values for those settings. Additionally, correlation of inputs to a virtual trackpad may reduce translation requirements and errors in data signals sent from theremote device 226 to theventilator 202, because the remote device is responsible only for the trackpad data (positions, clicks, gestures) and not specific ventilator settings such as breath modes, etc. (for which the ventilator remains responsible). As another example, a virtual trackpad may not need to be device-specific and may have a faster learning curve for users. Alternatively, a remote GUI with user interface elements (such as theremote GUI 198 described inFIG. 1B ) may also have advantages. For example, a remote GUI with user interface elements may not require a replicatedisplay device 216 and may lower the amount of time and/or energy of a user comparing an input with a replicatedisplay 218 to understand what is happening on theventilator 202. Thus, aspects of the present technology may include one or more features of each example of theremote GUI - In the
system 200A shown inFIG. 2A , theremote device 226 may receive an input associated with theremote GUI 230. The input may be a movement of theremote position indicator 232 over time, a selection input at theremote position indicator 232 at a position, an adjustment input of aremote adjustment element remote position indicator 232 over time or at one point in time, or any other user input at theremote GUI 230. Theremote position indicator 232 may be displayed on theremote GUI 230. Theremote device 226 may determine input information to send to theventilator 202 over theconnection 214B. The input information may include remote position and/or coordinate information, movement information, selection information, or adjustment information, based on the input received at theremote device 226. Theventilator 202 may receive the input information and determine an associated ventilator input. For example, the ventilator input associated with movement information may be moving a localventilator position indicator 208 displayed on theventilator GUI 206. As another example, the ventilator input associated with selection information may be selecting a ventilator control element displayed on theventilator GUI 206. As a further example, the ventilator input associated with adjustment information may be adjusting a value or values associated with a selected ventilator control element. - The ventilator may update one or more ventilation settings associated with the ventilator input, and/or update the
ventilator GUI 206 based on the ventilator input (e.g., moving a localventilator position indicator 208, selecting a ventilator control element on theventilator GUI 206, or adjusting a selected ventilator control element). As theventilator 202 updates theventilator GUI 206, theventilator 202 may send update information to the replicatedisplay device 216 and/or theremote device 226 over the wired orwireless connections ventilator GUI 206 and/or value information associated with a change in a value of a selected ventilator control element. The display information may include localventilator position indicator 208. The localventilator position indicator 208 may be displayed on theventilator GUI 206 and/or the replicateGUI 220. In an example, the localventilator position indicator 208 may be displayed on the replicateGUI 220, but not theventilator GUI 206. - In an example, the
remote device 226 and/or replicatedisplay device 216 may be dedicated to, or specific to, oneventilator 202, or may be capable of communicating with a plurality ofventilators 202 over one ormore separations 212. In this example, theremote device 226 may be portable. Theremote device 226 and/or replicatedisplay device 216 may also be a part of a central monitoring system communicatively coupled with a plurality of ventilators in one or more facilities. In another example, the replicatedisplay device 216 may be specific to oneventilator 202 while theremote device 226 may be capable of communicating with multiple ventilators. As a further example, theremote device 226 may be specific to oneventilator 202 while the replicatedisplay device 216 may be capable of receiving display information from multiple ventilators. In a further example, both the replicatedisplay device 216 and theremote device 226 are specific to oneventilator 202. -
FIG. 2B depicts anotherexample system 200B for remote adjustment of aventilator 202 based on a time-varying user input received at aremote device 226.System 200B is similar tosystem 200A, with the exception of anintermediate device 240, such as a relay transceiver or remote-control accessory, which may be located communicatively between theventilator 202 and theremote device 226 to relay communications. Theintermediate device 240 may have similar computing components asremote devices FIGS. 1B, 1C, and 2A .Intermediate device 240 may be proximate to theventilator 202, such as located inside theseparation 212.Intermediate device 240 may receive data fromremote device 226 over wired orwireless connection 214C. Theintermediate device 240 may then relay the data to theventilator 202 over wired orwireless connection 214B. Theintermediate device 240 may act as a relay and/or translator to process or translate the data received from theremote device 226 prior to relaying processed data to theventilator 202. For instance, theintermediate device 240 may translate the selection and position information received from theremote device 226 into a format that can be processed by theventilator 202. In another example, theintermediate device 240 may be controlled by theremote device 226 similar to how theremote device 226 controls theventilator 202 inFIGS. 1B and 2A . In an example, theintermediate device 240 may be specific to oneventilator 202 or may be capable of communicating withmultiple ventilators 202. In another example, theintermediate device 240 is specific to oneventilator 202 while theremote device 226 may be capable of communicating withmultiple ventilators 202 via multipleintermediate devices 240. For example, a first ventilator may have a wired connection with a first intermediate device and a second ventilator may have a wired connection with a second intermediate device and a remote device may be capable of controlling the first intermediate device and the second intermediate device via a wireless connection. In a further example, theintermediate device 240 may have a wiredconnection 214B with theventilator 100 to facilitate awireless connection 214C between theintermediate device 240 and theremote device 226. -
FIG. 2C depicts anotherexample system 200C for remote adjustment of aventilator 202 based on a time-varying user input received at aremote device 226.System 200C is similar tosystem 200B, with the exception of no replicatedisplay device 216 and theremote GUI 230 including aremote trackpad GUI 230A and remote replicatedisplay GUI 230B side by side on the same display. In this example, the replicateGUI 220 may be displayed on the remote replicatedisplay GUI 230B, thus rendering a replicatedisplay device 216 redundant. In thissystem 200C, as theventilator 202 updates the ventilator GUI 206 (concurrently or after updating), theventilator 202 may send update information (e.g., display information and/or value information) to theintermediate device 240 over the wired orwireless connection 214B, which may relay the update information to theremote device 226 over the wired orwireless connection 214C. -
FIG. 3 depicts anexample method 300 for remotely adjusting a ventilator (e.g.,ventilator 100, 202) based on a time-varying user input received at a remote device (e.g.,remote device method 300 may be performed by the ventilator and/or other components described in the above systems. Atoperation 302 the ventilator displays, on a display (e.g.,display 122, 204), a ventilator user interface (e.g.,ventilator GUI 123, 206) comprising a ventilator control element. There may be a plurality of ventilator control elements each associated with different ventilation settings. For example, a ventilator control element may be a graphical element for adjusting settings or entering data. For example, the settings or data may include a new patient entry, a stored patient entry, setup information (such as predicted body weight, gender, height, or other patient information), ventilation type (e.g., invasive, NIV, HFO2T),mode (e.g., A/C, SIMV, SPONT, BiLevel, CPAP), mandatory type (e.g., PC, VC, VC+), spontaneous type (e.g., PS, TC, VS, PAV+), trigger type (e.g., P-Trig, V-Trig, IE Sync), respiratory rate (f), tidal volume (VT), peak inspiratory flow ({dot over (V)}MAX), flow sensitivity ({dot over (V)}SENS), oxygen concentration (O2%), peak circuit pressure (PPEAK), plateau time (TPL), positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP), rise time percent (P), inspiratory time (TI), inspiratory pressure (PI), start ventilation control, cancel control, alarm settings, menu control, or any other selectable or controllable user interface element that may be display on a ventilator user interface. As a further example, the ventilator control element on the ventilator GUI may be another type of user interface element, such as an icon, a control, a checkbox, a radio button, a dropdown list, a button, a toggle, a text field, a slider, a page tab, a search field, a tag, etc. In an example (as further shown inFIGS. 5A and 5B ), the ventilator control element may be an icon representing inspiratory time (TI). The ventilator control element representing inspiratory time may be selectable and include an adjustable value. For example, the value associated with the inspiratory time may be 0.40 seconds. - At
operation 304, the ventilator receives, from a remote device, selection data including position information and selection information. In an example, the selection data may be received over a wired or wireless connection (such asconnections remote position indicators ventilator position indicators 127, 208). As described herein, the position information may be correlated between coordinates of the remote device user interface and the ventilator user interface. Selection information may be any information associated with a selection (e.g., activation or click) of a ventilator user interface element at the position indicated by the position information. It should also be appreciated that the ventilator may receive separate data for position information and/or selection information. In an example, position data may include position information related to a change in position of a remote position indicator (such as a movement shown bypast movement data 210 and/or remote past movement data 234). The position information may or may not be associated with selection information (e.g., when a remote position indicator moves without a selection). In another example, selection data may include selection information without position information (e.g., when a mouse is clicked without moving). In this example, the selection information may be associated with a current position indicator on the ventilator. - At
operation 306, the ventilator determines a selection of the ventilator control element based on received selection data. For example, if the position information and the selection information associated with a local ventilator position indicator are associated with (correspond with or are correlated with) coordinates of a ventilator control element on the ventilator user interface, then the associated ventilator control element may be selected by the ventilator. As a further example, a ventilator control element representing inspiratory time (TI) may be associated with a set of coordinates or a region on the ventilator GUI. In this example, the ventilator control element representing inspiratory time is selected when the position information of the selection is associated with the set of coordinates of region on the ventilator GUI associated with the ventilator control element. - At
operation 308, the ventilator displays, on the user interface, a value associated with the selected ventilator control element. In a further example, the ventilator may also display an indication of the selected ventilator control element. An indication of the selected ventilator control element may include bolding, highlighting, blinking, resizing, replicating, or any other form of emphasizing the ventilator control element. The value associated with the selected ventilator control element may be a selectable, scalable, adjustable, or otherwise variable. The value may be displayed on, or as a part of, the ventilator control element. Additionally or alternatively, the value may be displayed in another location on the user interface of the ventilator. In another example, a local ventilator position indicator may be displayed. Continuing the above example where the ventilator control element represents inspiratory time (TI), the ventilator control element may be emphasized on the ventilator GUI, for example by bolding, highlighting, etc., and the value of 0.40 seconds associated with the inspiratory time may be adjustable. - At
operation 310, the ventilator receives, from the remote device, adjustment data. The adjustment data is generated from interactions with the remote adjustment elements (e.g., dial, up/down buttons). The adjustment data is associated with the selected ventilator control element. The adjustment data may be correlated with an adjustment on the ventilator (via the user interface, or via physical input at a physical input component, such as physical input component 129) and an adjustment on the remote device. For instance, rotation of the virtual dial generates adjustment data that may correspond to the same type of rotation on the physical dial of the ventilator. - At
operation 312, based on the adjustment data, the ventilator determines a change in the value associated with the selected ventilator control element. Continuing the example where the ventilator control element represents inspiratory time (TI), the value may be adjustable at the ventilator based on a physical input at a physical input component (such as an angle of rotation of a dial). The adjustment information may be associated with a virtual rotation of a virtual dial (as received at the remote device via a time-varying user input, transmitted through selection data and/or adjustment data), which may correspond with the physical input at the physical input component on the ventilator. Thus, the adjustment data may correspond with a change in the value (e.g., an inspiratory time of 0.40 seconds may be changed to 0.30 seconds). - At
operation 314, the ventilator displays, on the user interface, the change in the value. For example, the ventilator may show the change by displaying the updated/changed value, the previous value, a change or difference in the value, or a combination. Additionally or alternatively, the updated value may be associated with an indication that the value was changed. Continuing the example where the ventilator control element represents inspiratory time (TI), and the value is changing from 0.40 seconds to 0.30 seconds, the ventilator may display the new value (0.30 seconds), an indication that the value recently changed, the prior value (0.40 seconds), and/or the change in the value (0.10 seconds). Atoperation 316, the ventilator updates a ventilation setting based on the change in the value. Ventilation settings, or ventilatory settings, are described further inFIG. 1A . For example, the ventilator may update the inspiratory time, or the time that flow is commanded into the breathing circuit, from 0.40 seconds to 0.30 seconds. Ventilation of the patient is then provided based on the changed value(s) for the ventilation setting(s). - One or more operations of
method 300 may repeat. For example, operations 304-308 may repeat as new selection data is received from the remote device. For example, the ventilator may de-select the ventilator control element associated with inspiratory time (TI) and may instead select a ventilator control element associated with PEEP. As another example, operations 310-216 may repeat as different adjustment data is received from the remote device for a same selected ventilator control element. For example, the ventilator may receive a further adjustment to the inspiratory time value, such as further changing the value from 0.30 seconds to 0.35 seconds, in the above example. In a further example, operations 304-316 may repeat for new selection data and associated adjustment data received from the remote device for a different selected ventilator control element. For example, the ventilator may de-select the ventilator control element associated with inspiratory time (TI) and may instead select a ventilator control element associated with PEEP, thereafter receiving adjustment data to adjust the value associated with the PEEP ventilator control element. -
FIG. 4 depicts amethod 400 for remotely adjusting a ventilator (such asventilators 100, 202) based on an input received at a remote device (e.g.,remote devices method 400 may be performed by the remote device and/or other components described in the above systems. At operation 402, the remote device may display a remote user interface (such asremote GUIs - At
operation 404, the remote device receives, at the remote user interface, an input comprising an input position, with associated position information, and an input selection, with associated selection information. The input may be received at a touchscreen of the remote user interface, or otherwise received via user interaction with the remote device. The input position may be associated with the remote position indicator (such asremote position indicators 165, 199) on the remote user interface of the remote device. Atoperation 406, the remote device may send to the ventilator, selection data based on the input position and the input selection. In an example (as further shown inFIGS. 5A and 5B ), the selection received at the remote device may correspond with a ventilator control element on the ventilator GUI. - At
operation 408, the remote device may receive, from the ventilator, a selection indication of a selected ventilator control element associated with the selection data. In an example where the remote user interface includes a replicate display including the ventilator control element, the replicate display may be updated based on the selection indication. - In another example, the selection indication may cause the remote device to allow adjustment to a remote adjustment element (such as
remote adjustment element 236, 238). As a further example, the remote adjustment element may (e.g., virtual dial) be disabled when the selection indication indicates that a ventilator control element is not selected (e.g., upon receiving a de-selection indication or prior to receiving a selection indication), and enabled when the selection indication indicates that the ventilator control element is selected. - Continuing the above example where the selected ventilator control element represents inspiratory time (TI), the remote GUI may display an indication that “inspiratory time” is selected and/or display the current value of 0.40 seconds. The virtual dial may be enabled after receiving a selection indication of a selected ventilator control element from the ventilator. The virtual dial may be disabled when there is no ventilator control element selected at the ventilator (as determined from one or more selection indications received from the ventilator).
- At
operation 410, the remote device receives, at the remote user interface, an adjustment input associated with the selected ventilator control element (e.g., virtual dial). The adjustment input may be received via user interaction with a remote adjustment element (such asremote adjustment elements 236, 238) at one time or over a period of time. Additionally, or alternatively, the adjustment input may be received as a variety of input forms, such as numerical, slide, dial, wheel, arrow, up/down control, voice, haptic, etc. The adjustment input is associated with a change in a value associated with the selected ventilator control element. A greater change in the adjustment input (e.g., larger rotation of the dial) may be associated with a greater change in the value. The adjustment input may also be a scroll of a mouse wheel or a swipe of a screen via touch input. - At
operation 412, the remote device sends, to the ventilator, adjustment data based on the adjustment input. Continuing the above example where the ventilator control element represents inspiratory time (TI), the adjustment input may be a rotation of a virtual dial on the remote GUI over time to change the inspiratory time value as if a physical dial were being rotated on the ventilator. In an example, the change in the value may be based on the angle of rotation of the virtual dial, with a positive or negative angle indicating direction. For example, the rotation of the virtual dial may include position and selection information associated with the virtual dial over a period of time. Alternatively, the adjustment input may be a selection of an adjustment icon (e.g., Up/Down icon) at a point in time. In this example, each selection of the adjustment icon may change the value by a predetermined amount, such that more selections of the adjustment icon (or selecting the adjustment icon over a period of time) may result in a greater change in the value. - At
operation 414, the remote device may receive, from the ventilator, a change indication of a change in a value associated with the selected ventilator control element. Based on the change indication, the remote device may show, on the remote user interface, the updated/changed value, the previous value, a change or difference in the value, or a combination. Continuing the above example where the ventilator control element represents inspiratory time (TI), the change indication may include information that the value associated with inspiratory time has changed (e.g., from 0.40 seconds to 0.30 seconds). The remote GUI may display the new value (0.30 seconds), an indication that the value recently changed, the prior value (0.40 seconds), and/or the change in the value (0.10 seconds). - One or more operations of
method 400 may repeat. For example, operations 404-408 may repeat as a new selection or position input is received at the remote device. For example, the remote device may send a de-selection to de-select the ventilator control element associated with inspiratory time (TI). Alternatively, a selected ventilator control element may be automatically de-selected upon receiving selection data at the ventilator to select a different ventilator control element (e.g., associated with PEEP). As another example, operations 410-414 may repeat as different adjustment inputs are received at the remote device for a same selected ventilator control element. For example, the remote device may receive a further adjustment input to the inspiratory time value, such as further rotating a virtual dial to change the value at the ventilator from 0.30 seconds to 0.35 seconds, in the above example. In a further example, operations 404-414 may repeat for new selection inputs, new position inputs, and new adjustment inputs received at the remote device for a different selected ventilator control element. For example, the remote device may send selection data to de-select the ventilator control element associated with inspiratory time (TI), and instead select a ventilator control element associated with PEEP. The adjustment input may then adjust a value associated with a ventilator control element representing PEEP. -
FIGS. 5A and 5B depict an exampleremote user interface 524 on aremote display 522 of aremote device 520, and aventilator display 504 of aventilator 502 showing aventilator user interface 506. Aspects ofFIGS. 5A and 5B show changing a value associated with a selectedventilator control element 518 of availableventilator control elements 512. Specifically,FIGS. 5A and 5B show aremote user interface 524 andventilator user interface 506. The localventilator position indicator 508 is associated with theremote position indicator 526, and may have associatedpast movement data FIG. 5A , a particular ventilator setting (the control element 518) is selected, and inFIG. 5B it is adjusted. - For example,
FIG. 5B shows theremote position indicator 526 rotating avirtual dial 530. Thevirtual dial 530 may be associated with aphysical dial 516 on the ventilator (such as physical input component 129). Although a dial is used in this example, it should be appreciated that other virtual adjustment elements (such as soft key or button 534) may be displayed on theremote user interface 524 to be associated with a variety of physical input components (such as hard keys 514). In this way, a virtual input at thevirtual dial 530 orsoft key 534 may be associated with a physical input on a ventilator 502., An adjustment of thevirtual dial 530 may be equivalent to an adjustment of thephysical dial 516. Theremote adjustment element remote user interface 524. In either example, theremote adjustment element remote user interface 524 to not overlap withventilator control elements 512 and/or disable selection of aventilator control element 512 when receiving an adjustment input. - In this example, the adjustment input is a counterclockwise rotation (a negative angle of rotation) of the
virtual dial 530 from afirst position 532A to asecond position 532B. The difference between thefirst position 532A and thesecond position 532B may be proportional to the change in the value associated with the selectedventilator control element 518. For example, the difference between thefirst position 532A and thesecond position 532B onvirtual dial 530 may be an angle of rotation. The direction of rotation of thevirtual dial 530 may represent a positive or negative change in the value. In this example, the selectedventilator control element 518 is adjusted from 0.40 s to 0.30 s, based on the angle of counterclockwise rotation between thefirst adjustment 532A and thesecond position 532B. As shown, the localventilator position indicator 508 may have apast movement data 510 associated with the remotepast movement data 528 on theremote user interface 524. In this case, thevirtual dial 530 is positioned in anadjustment section 542B of theremote user interface 524 to correlate with anon-selectable region 542A of theventilator user interface 506 to prevent unintended selection of a differentventilator control element 512 when receiving adjustment input. For example, when aremote position indicator 526 is positioned inside of theadjustment section 542B, the localventilator position indicator 508 does not overlay with anyventilator control element 512. In this way, a selection of an adjustment element (e.g., the virtual dial 530) inside of theadjustment section 542B is not also associated with a selection of aventilator control element 512. - In a further example, an adjustment caused by a mouse scroll or other input action at the
remote device 520 may be visually indicated at theremote user interface 524. For instance, if a mouse scroll is received at theremote device 520 then a visual indication of a value adjustment may be shown on the remote user interface 524 (e.g., rotation of the virtual dial, varying color, varying brightness, otherwise emphasizing all or a portion of one ormore bezel keys 536, a change in a displayed numerical value, etc.). Although examples describe rotation of a mouse wheel, it should be appreciated that any other input at theremote device 520 associated with a control at the ventilator (e.g., a localventilator position indicator 508 is hovered-over the control or the control is selected) may result in an adjustment of the value associated with the control at the ventilator. -
FIG. 5C depicts an exampleremote user interface 524 on aremote display 522 of aremote device 520. As shown, theremote user interface 524 may include afirst interface portion 525A and asecond interface portion 525B. As shown, thefirst interface portion 525A and thesecond interface portion 525B are displayed in separate portions, segments, or windows of theremote user interface 524. The portions, segments, or windows may be resizeable and repositionable about theremote user interface 524. Additionally or alternatively, theremote user interface 524 may split display of thefirst interface portion 525A and thesecond interface portion 525B (e.g., in a split screen arrangement), and/or thefirst interface portion 525A and thesecond interface portion 525B may be overlaid. Other visual arrangements of thefirst interface portion 525A and thesecond interface portion 525B are also possible. - In an example, the
first interface portion 525A may replicate a ventilator GUI (e.g., ventilator GUI 123) and user interface elements in thefirst interface portion 525A may not be selectable. Thesecond interface portion 525B may include selectable and/or interactive user interface elements. For example, thesecond interface portion 525B may include features or elements similar to remote user interfaces (e.g.,remote GUIs second interface portion 525B may include a set ofGUI control keys 536, atrackpad 538, and aremote position indicator 526. The set ofGUI control keys 536 may include one or more control keys (or virtual bezel keys), such as a display brightness key, a display lock key, an alarm volume key, a manual inspiration key, an inspiratory pause key, an expiratory pause key, an alarm reset key, an audio paused key, etc. Each GUI control key in the set ofGUI control keys 536 is associated with a control on the ventilator to which theremote device 520 is connected for remote control. In an example, the GUI control key may be associated with a ventilator GUI element. In another example, the GUI control key may be associated with a physical input at the ventilator. For example, avirtual dial 530 may be included in the set ofGUI control keys 536 as associated with a physical input, as further described herein. - In an example, when a GUI control key in the set of
GUI control keys 536 is selected at theremote user interface 524, thevirtual dial 530 may then be selected and adjusted to adjust a value associated with the selected GUI control key at the ventilator. For example, a display brightness key may be selected. While the display brightness key is selected at theremote user interface 524, thevirtual dial 530 may be adjusted and/or up/down adjustment keys may be selected to adjust or change the screen brightness value of the ventilator. In another example, an alarm volume key may be selected at theremote user interface 524 to adjust a volume value associated with the alarm at the ventilator. While the alarm volume key is selected, the volume value may be adjusted via interaction with thevirtual dial 530 and/or up/down keys at theremote user interface 524. - In another example, a display lock key may be selected at the
remote user interface 524 to prevent inadvertent settings changes to the ventilator (including the knob function) while the display is locked. In a further example, a manual inspiration key may be selected at theremote user interface 524. In examples, the manual inspiration key can be used to deliver mandatory breaths to the patient and/or to run an inspiratory pause maneuver in SPONT mode. In another example, selection of an inspiratory pause key at theremote user interface 524 may initiate an inspiratory pause maneuver at the ventilator. This may close the inspiratory and exhalation valves and extend the inspiratory phase of a mandatory breath for the purposes of measuring end inspiratory pressure for calculation of plateau pressure, static compliance, and static resistance. In a further example, selecting an expiratory pause key at theremote user interface 524 may initiate an expiratory pause maneuver at the ventilator, which may extend the expiratory phase of the current breath to measure total PEEP (PEEPTOT). In another example, an alarm reset key may be selected at theremote user interface 524 to clear active alarms and/or reset high-priority alarms and/or cancel an active audio paused interval at the ventilator. In yet another example, selection of an audio paused key at theremote user interface 524 may pause alarms for a predetermined period of time at the ventilator. - In examples, the
remote device 520 may replicate the ventilator GUI at thefirst interface portion 525A. Thefirst interface portion 525A may include a replicateposition indicator 540, replicating the local ventilator position indicator at the ventilator GUI. In this example, a clinician may interact with thetrackpad 538 of theremote user interface 524 of theremote device 520 to control the ventilator without directly seeing the ventilator GUI. The clinician controlling the ventilator at thetrackpad 538 may visually compare aremote position indicator 526 with the replicated display shown in thefirst interface portion 525A of theremote user interface 524 on the sameremote device 520, without requiring a direct view of the ventilator GUI at the ventilator. - The
remote user interface 524 may include additional information or controls associated with theremote device 520, connected ventilator, and/or data received or sent by theremote device 520. As shown, this additional information may be displayed at thesecond interface portion 525B. For example, theremote user interface 524 may include a disconnect key to disconnect for a ventilator and/or switch to control of a different ventilator. As another example, theremote user interface 524 may display additional, non-selectable information including a value associated with a currently selected GUI element and/or bezel key, a determine adjustment or change in the value, position information of a physical input at the ventilator, etc. For example, theremote user interface 524 may include a disconnect control to disconnect theremote device 520 from the ventilator and/or an intermediate device. In another example, theremote user interface 524 may include a serial number of the ventilator, X-Y coordinates of the remote position indicator 526 (e.g., X-Y coordinates at theremote user interface 524, X-Y coordinates at the ventilator GUI, and/or X-Y coordinates at an intermediate device GUI). Additionally or alternatively, theremote user interface 524 may include other system information (e.g., IP address, port, etc.). -
FIG. 6 depicts amethod 600 for remotely adjusting and/or accessing a ventilator (such asventilators remote devices method 600 may be performed by the remote device and/or other components described in the above systems. Atoperation 602, a remote computing device may be connected to a ventilator, via a wired or wireless connection (e.g., wired orwireless connections operation 604, a view of the ventilator display may be provided on the remote computing device. For example, the view may be a replicate or copy of the ventilator display in a remote GUI (e.g.,remote GUIs first interface portion 525A inremote user interface 524. - At
operation 606, cursor movement and activations may be tracked on the remote computing device (e.g., viaremote position indicator past movement data 234, 528). An activation may include a variety of interactions at the remote computing device, such as a selection (e.g., described herein at least with respect to selection input, selection information, and selection data) and/or an adjustment (e.g., described herein at least with respect to adjustment input, adjustment element, adjustment information, and adjustment data). The activation may include an interaction that is associated with an interaction at the ventilator. - At
operation 608, the cursor movements may be overlaid on the view of the ventilator display and displayed on the remote computing device. In an example, the view of the ventilator display may be updated continually based on display information of the ventilator. In another example,operation 608 may be updated withoperation 604, as the view of the ventilator display is provided. In another example,operation 608 may be based on a predetermined correlation of the view of the ventilator display with a cursor position at the remote computing device. Alternatively, cursor movements on the view of the ventilator display may be displayed without receiving information from the ventilator (e.g., the remote device may estimate the cursor position). - At
operation 610, the cursor activation may be transmitted to the ventilator, via the wired or wireless connection. As described herein, the cursor activation at the remote device may be associated with a cursor activation at the ventilator at the position indicated on the view of the ventilator screen at the remote device. Thus, interactions at the remote device may control or adjust the ventilator over the wired or wireless connection. - One or more operations of
method 600 may repeat. For example, operations 604-610 may repeat as the ventilator display changes or updates. For example, the ventilator display may change or update based on the cursor activations sent to the ventilator. -
FIGS. 7A, 7B, 7C, and 7D depict example view modes ofremote user interfaces remote display 701 of a remote device. Specifically,FIGS. 7A, 7B, and 7C show different view modes of aremote user interface FIG. 7D shows an example window with a setup view mode of aremote user interface 700D on adisplay 701 of a remote device. The view modes may be associated with an application running on the remote device in communication with a relay transceiver (e.g., relay transceivers described with respect toFIGS. 8A, 8B, and 9 ). - Regarding
FIGS. 7A, 7B, and 7C , a remote user interface can operate in a ventilator view mode (FIG. 7A ), in a patient view mode (FIG. 7B ), and in a ventilator and patient inset view mode (FIG. 7C ). These views are displayed on adisplay 701 of a remote device (e.g., a device located remote from the ventilator, such as outside of the room in which a ventilator is located). For example, aremote user interface 700A in a ventilator view mode shows a remote ventilator user interface (UI) 702 replicated from the ventilator GUI. Theremote ventilator UI 702 may replicate an entire GUI displayed on a ventilator or may replicate a portion of the ventilator GUI. In some examples, at least 80 or 90 percent of the ventilator GUI (in terms of screen area) is replicated in theremote ventilator UI 702. Theremote ventilator UI 702 includes at least one ventilator settings icon that is selectable at theremote ventilator UI 702 and/or the ventilator GUI. As shown inFIG. 7A , ventilator settings icons include respiratory rate (f), inhalation time, exhalation time, volume of synchronized intermittent mandatory ventilation (Vsimv), inhalation-to-exhalation (I:E) ratio, tidal volume, ventilation type, alarm settings, among other settings shown or not shown inFIG. 7A that are selectable on a GUI of a ventilator. - The
remote ventilator UI 702 may be rearranged and/or reformatted based on the size of adisplay 701 of the remote device or a size of the window or panel displaying theremote ventilator UI 702. For example, at least one ventilator settings icon may be rearranged or reformatted (e.g., enlarged). The portion of the ventilator GUI displayed at the remote device may be a cropped portion of the ventilator GUI or one or more ventilator settings icons (including a subset of the ventilator settings icons displayed on the ventilator GUI). In an example, a subset of ventilator settings icons displayed at theremote ventilator UI 702 may change over time, such as being scrolled manually or automatically, or replaced at a time interval. One or more ventilator settings icons may be resized (e.g., enlarge, shrink, change an aspect ratio, change a shape, etc.) compared to other replicated aspects of the ventilator GUI. As an example, ventilator settings icons that are most frequently changed may be enlarged as compared to other ventilator settings icons. In some examples, the least frequently changed settings may be omitted from theremote ventilator GUI 702 or included at the end of a scrollable interface. A format or arrangement of theremote ventilator UI 702 may be based on threshold of the display size. For example, a first format or first arrangement may be displayed if a display size is less than a threshold and a second format or second arrangement may be displayed if the display size is greater than or equal to the threshold. - A patient view mode of a
remote user interface 700B shows a patient video feed 722 (or a patient image 722) obtained via a video or camera input (e.g., as received as input into a relay transceiver or the ventilator). A ventilator and patient inset view mode of aremote user interface 700C shows a patient insetremote ventilator UI 724 including a small version of thepatient video feed 722. - All three of the example view modes shown on the
remote user interface panels - The
panels remote user interface FIGS. 7A, 7B , and 7C, thepanel 704 is positioned on a left panel of theremote user interface panel 706 is positioned on a right panel of theremote user interface display 701 and/or a size of the window displaying theremote user interface - In an embodiment, the
panel 704 is an icon panel that includes a variety of selectable icons not displayed on a ventilator GUI of the actual ventilator itself. For example, theicon panel 704 may include a connect ordisconnect button 708 that is selectable (e.g., via touch on a touchscreen display or via a mouse click on a mouse-controlled display). When the remote device is connected to a ventilator, selection of thedisconnect button 708 may cause the remote device to disconnect from the ventilator or relay transceiver. When the remote device is not connected to a ventilator or relay transceiver, theconnect button 708 may be selected to connect to a ventilator or launch a connection routine to connect to a ventilator or relay transceiver. The connect ordisconnect button 708 may indicate if a connection between the remote device and a relay transceiver is stable. For instance, the display of the connect ordisconnect button 708 may change based on the connection status. - Information 710 may be displayed in the
icon panel 704, or in any other area of the view, to provide status information (e.g., information that indicates whether the remote device is connected to a ventilator or relay transceiver, the remote device is disconnected from a ventilator or relay transceiver, the remote device is connected with view-only access, with view and control access, etc.). Additionally, the information 710 displayed may include ventilator identification information, relay transceiver identification information, patent identification information, and/or remote device identification information. Ventilator identification information may include a ventilator serial number, a room number or site identifier of the ventilator, a name of the ventilator, an IP address of a ventilator, a user to which the ventilator is assigned (e.g., doctor, clinician, medical team, etc.), or any other information specific to a ventilator that is being remotely accessed. Relay transceiver identification information may include a relay transceiver serial number, a room number or site identifier of the relay transceiver, a name of the relay transceiver, an IP address of the relay transceiver, a user to which the relay transceiver is assigned (e.g., doctor, clinician, medical team, etc.), or any other information specific to a relay transceiver for providing remote access to a ventilator by a remote device. Patent identification information may include a patient identifier (e.g., name, initials, bodyweight, gender, etc.), a patient room number or site identifier, a patent infectious code, an anonymized patient identifier, etc. Remote device identification information may include a device serial number, a name of the device, an IP address of the device, a user to which the device is assigned (e.g., doctor, clinician, medical team, etc.), or any other information specific to a remote device remotely accessing a ventilator, or any other remote devices concurrently remotely accessing the ventilator (e.g., via a relay transceiver). - In an embodiment, the
icon panel 704 also includes aview selector 712, which allows a user to switch to a different view mode. For example, a selection of theview selector 712 may cause a sequential change in view between theremote user interface 700A in a ventilator view mode, aremote user interface 700B in apatient view mode 700B, and aremote user interface 700C in a ventilator and patient inset view mode. If only two view modes are available, then a selection of theview selector 712 may toggle between the two view modes. Additionally or alternatively, theview selector 712 may allow a user to select which view to show (e.g., via a dropdown menu or other selection menu). Theview selector 712 may also allow for camera control where a camera is available. For instance, a camera may be connected to the ventilator and/or the relay transceiver to allow for a view of the patient. Theview selector 712 may control the direction of the camera or other camera properties. Selection of theview selector 712 may provide options for rotating the camera and or changing other camera properties (e.g., zoom). - The
icon panel 704 may also include one or morevirtual bezel keys 714. that correspond with physical bezel keys on the ventilator. Selection of thevirtual bezel keys 714 at the remote device represents a physical selection of a bezel key at the ventilator. Descriptions of physical bezel keys and bezel key user interface elements are further discussed with respect toFIG. 5C . Thevirtual bezel keys 714 may be displayed in any configuration, such as a compact rectangular tile configuration shown inFIGS. 7A, 7B, and 7C . - In an embodiment, the
panel 706 is an interactive panel used to accept adjustments of the selected ventilator setting icon (e.g., a selectedvirtual bezel key 714 or a selected icon). The adjustment section (represented by panel 706) may include one or more adjustment elements (e.g., up icon, down icon, slide bar, rotatable dial, etc.). InFIG. 7A , thepanel 706 includes aslide bar 720 with up and downslide icons slide bar 720 oricons icon 716 or thedown icon 718 may cause a single, stepwise adjustment of the selected ventilator setting in either the upward or downward direction, respectively. Multiple selections of the upicon 716 or thedown icon 718 may cause multiple, stepwise adjustments of the selected ventilator setting in either the upward or downward direction, respectively. - The
slide bar 720 may adjust a selected ventilator setting based on a select, drag, and drop interaction with theslide bar 720. For example, dragging up on theslide bar 720 may adjust a selected setting upwards and dragging down may adjust a selected setting downwards. This drag action may be performed using a touch interaction or a mouse interaction. Theslide bar 720 may vary in incremental adjustments based on an acceleration of a user's drag motion. For example, a setting may be adjusted more quickly (e.g., in larger step increments) for a drag with faster acceleration than a drag with slower acceleration. Alternatively, theslide bar 720 may adjust a setting linearly (e.g., in standardized increments based on distance of a drag motion), regardless of drag acceleration. Theslide bar 720 may be a replacement for the functionality described for thevirtual dial 530 described inFIGS. 5A, 5B, and 5C . Alternatively, the panel 760 may display thevirtual dial 530 instead of or in addition to theslide bar 720. Other types of interactive adjustment UI elements for increasing or decreasing settings may also be utilized. -
FIG. 7D shows adisplay 701 of a remote device in a system view mode of aremote user interface 700D. This view mode includes a settings window 728 (with user settings, access permissions, default views, and preferences) and aselection window 730 showing available relay transceivers and/or ventilators represented byicons 732. The setup view mode of theremote user interface 700D may be displayed when the remote device is not connected to ventilator and/or relay transceiver. For instance, when a clinician or other user first picks up the remote device to interact with a ventilator, the setup view mode of theremote user interface 700D may be displayed to allow for setup and connection to a ventilator. The setup view mode of theremote user interface 700D may also be displayed when a user intends to connect to a different ventilator and/or relay transceiver. - For instance, each
icon 732 may correspond to a different ventilator and/or relay transceiver that is available to be controlled or viewed remotely. Each of theicons 732 may be labelled or named with an identifier such as the ventilator identification information, relay transceiver identification information, or patent identification information. A selection indicator (such as box 734) indicates which icon is currently selected. - Additionally or alternatively, a
warning message 726 may be displayed prior to allowing selection of a ventilator (via icon 734) for remote access. Thewarning message 726 may require user action, such as a usage agreement or confirmation. -
FIGS. 8A and 8B depict example systems for remotely adjusting a ventilator with a remote device. Specifically,FIG. 8A shows anexample system 800A with oneventilator 802 paired with onerelay transceiver 808, accessed by multiple remote devices (e.g.,laptop 812 andremote server 814 or other remote devices such as a tablet, smartphone, laptop computer, desktop computer, or others) to allow for remote-control of theventilator 802.FIG. 8B shows anexample system 800B with a variety of connections between ventilators, relay transceivers, remote devices, and users. - Referring to
FIG. 8A , aventilator 802 may be paired with arelay transceiver 808 in a one-to-one relationship. Therelay transceiver 808 allows for connectivity of one or moreremote devices ventilator 802. Therelay transceiver 808 may be attachable to, or removable from, theventilator 802. For example, therelay transceiver 808 may plug into a data port (such as an HDMI or USB port) of the ventilator 802 (directly or through an adapter 804), or may communicate with the ventilator wirelessly (directly or through an adapter 804). - The
relay transceiver 808 is hardware, and can take the form of a laptop, a miniature computer, processing box (such as a headless computer), a dongle, a smart cable, or other small portable processor. Oneexample relay transceiver 808 may include a NUC PC available from the Intel Corporation. In an embodiment, therelay transceiver 808 is external to theventilator 802 and is portable such that a clinician may easily move therelay transceiver 808 to different rooms or different ventilators. In some examples, therelay transceiver 808 may have a volume of less than 500 cubic centimeters. Alternatively, therelay transceiver 808 may be embedded, internal, and/or integrated into aventilator 802. - In an embodiment, the relay transceiver provides the connectivity hardware and software needed for the
remote devices ventilator 802 itself. Thus, therelay transceiver 808 adds remote connectivity functionality to a standalone oroffline ventilator 802. - As shown in
FIG. 8A , acamera 806 may be paired with arelay transceiver 808 and/or aventilator 802 to allow a patient video or image to be captured for display on a remote device (e.g.,laptop 812 or server 814). Thecamera 806 may be a webcam, standalone camera, portable camera, USB camera, or other device with video or camera capability. Audio may also be captured and transmitted by thecamera 806. Thus, a clinician using a remote device may be able to see and hear the patient. - In some examples, another camera may be integrated into one or more of the remote devices, such as a selfie or front-facing camera on a tablet. The camera may be used to capture video of the clinician, to enable two-way video and/or audio communication between the clinician and the patient, transmitted via the
relay transceiver 808. - The
relay transceiver 808 allows for access (e.g., view and/or control) to aventilator 802 to be unbounded by geography or distance. In some examples, remote devices in any location may be given access permissions to connect to aventilator 802 via therelay transceiver 808. Access may be limited by security credentials and authentication protocols based on a facility's security policies and network configurations. For example, therelay transceiver 808 may implement a lockout feature to prevent setting changes from two or more remote device from occurring simultaneously (e.g., changes are received in sequence or changes may be limited to a quantity of devices allowed to access a relay transceiver in a control mode). - The security policies and access controls may be based on, or managed by, the hospital or medical facility in which the
ventilators 802/orrelay transceiver 808 are housed. For example, clinicians within, or associated with, the medical facility may be required to log in to theremote devices remote device 812 then provides access to therelay transceiver 808 connected to aparticular ventilator 802. For example, once logged into the remote device, the clinician may be able to access the setup view mode of theremote user interface 700D and/or the other remote-control interfaces shown inFIGS. 7A-7D . - The
remote server 814 may provide a connection to theInternet 815 to allow for cloud storage or access to the ventilator. Notably, the relay transceiver is not a secondary head or a second UI of theventilator 802; instead, therelay transceiver 808 provides a path to a laptop, tablet, or other remote device for user interaction. -
FIG. 8B shows anexample system 800B having a variety of configurations of ventilators (e.g.,ventilator 802 and ventilator 803),relay transceivers laptop 812,tablet 816, laptop 818), and remote users (e.g.,user 820 and user 822). As shown,ventilator 802 can be paired with tworelay transceivers remote devices ventilator 803 is paired with asingle relay transceiver 809. This figure shows that a single ventilator may be paired with one or more relay transceivers, multiple ventilators may be paired with a single relay transceiver, and multiple ventilators may be paired with multiple relay transceivers. - As also shown in
FIG. 8B , therelay transceivers remote device 812, the relay transceivers can authorize or enable connection to multipleremote devices -
FIG. 8B also depicts a variety of configurations for remote devices and users. For example, a single remote device (e.g., laptop 812) may be used by a single user (e.g., user 820) in a one-to-one relationship of device-to-user. Additionally, multiple remote devices (e.g.,laptop 812 and tablet 816) may be accessed by a single user (e.g., user 820) in a many-to-one relationship. In another configuration, a single remote device (e.g., tablet 816) may be accessed by multiple users (e.g.,user 820 and user 822) in a one-to-many relationship. For example, multiple clinicians may share a remote device, such as a tablet assigned to a specific hospital area (wing, ICU, etc.) and/or specific ventilator. The tablet may be passed among users of a medical team, or passed to a different user from shift-to-shift, etc. Further, multiple remote devices may be accessible by multiple users. - The relay transceiver may also store and/or generate usage logs and usage statistics. For example, when a relay transceiver is accessed by a remote device, a remote device identifier (e.g., serial number, IP address, account, etc.) is logged and timestamped in association with a ventilator identifier (e.g., serial number, IP address, name, room number, etc.) of the ventilator(s) being accessed via the relay transceiver. The usage log may also record and store information relating to how many times a remote device accessed the relay transceiver, which virtual bezel keys were selected, which locations in the window were selected (e.g., via touch or mouse-click), etc. Statistics and/or reports may be generated based on a usage log for analysis. For example, statistics and/or reports may provide insight for care givers (e.g., frequency and instances of remote care, use of remote devices, last user to log in, etc.), diagnostics, feature development, security (e.g., cybersecurity considerations), or for any other reason.
-
FIG. 9 depicts a diagram 900 showing example allocations of relay transceivers (such asrelay transceivers 808, 809). As further described herein, relay transceivers may be flexibly paired with ventilators in a care facility (e.g., hospital). The diagram 900 depicted inFIG. 9 shows example relationships between on-site ventilators 902 (e.g., a fleet of ventilators available, maintained, or in use at a care facility or hospital); on-site relay transceivers 904 (e.g., relay transceivers located at the same care facility or hospital as the on-site ventilators 902); on-site assignment 906 (e.g., assignment of an on-site ventilator 902 or on-site relay transceiver 904 to a user located at the same care facility or hospital as the on-site ventilators 902); and remote assignment 908 (e.g., assignment of an on-site relay transceiver 904 to a remote or off-site consultant, transferring patient, etc.). As otherwise used herein, a user may refer to an individual (e.g., a doctor, clinician, etc.) or a team of associated individuals (e.g., multiple users or a team of users, such as a doctor and the doctor's supporting staff/team). Each region of the diagram 900 shown inFIG. 9 represents a different allocation of resources (e.g., on-site ventilators 902 and/or on-site relay transceivers 904). - As shown, the quantity of on-site ventilators 902 and the quantity of on-
site relay transceivers 904 may be different. For example, there may be less on-site relay transceivers 904 than on-site ventilators 902 (e.g., the on-site relay transceivers may be paired with some ventilators on a need-basis), or there may be more on-site relay transceivers 904 than on-site ventilators 902 (e.g., to allow remote access capability to at least every ventilator). Alternatively, the quantity of on-site ventilators 902 and the quantity of on-site relay transceivers 904 may be the same. -
Region 910 represents on-site ventilators 902 that are not paired with an on-site relay transceiver 904 and are not assigned (e.g., to a user, function, location, etc.). Thisregion 910 includes on-site ventilators 902 for general use that may not benefit from pairing with an on-site relay transceiver 904. For example,region 910 may include a ventilator supporting a patient that does not have an infectious disease and/or is not immunocompromised, ventilators supporting a patient that is in a fragile state that would benefit from in-person interactions such as neonatal patients, or ventilators that are not in use or reserved. -
Region 912 represents on-site ventilators 902 that are paired withrelay transceivers 904 and are not assigned. Thisregion 912 may include on-site relay transceivers 904 paired with specific on-site ventilators 902. On-site relay transceivers 904 that are paired with specific on-site ventilators 902 may be used to manage a ventilator fleet, such as providing a remote view of an entire fleet of ventilators, determining which ventilators in a specific fleet are currently running, a status or stage of ventilator associated with each of the ventilators (e.g., how many ventilators are using high-flow oxygen therapy or other ventilator modes, how many are weaning and may soon be available, how many are being serviced/require diagnostics, etc.). -
Region 914 represents on-site relay transceivers 904 that are not paired with an on-site ventilator 902 and are unassigned. Thisregion 914 includes on-site relay transceivers 904 that are available for pairing with a ventilator and not otherwise reserved. - Referring to assignment of on-site ventilators 902 and on-
site relay transceivers 904, ventilators and/or relay transceivers may be assigned to a specific user (e.g., user or team of users), for a specific function (e.g., for infectious patients, terminal patients, neonatal patients, etc.), or to a specific location (e.g., maternity ward, floor of a hospital, pediatric ward, etc.).Regions FIG. 9 shows assignments classified in two ways: on-site assignment 906 (e.g., assignment to a user, team of users, ventilator, patient, function, room, ward, site, etc. internal to the care facility or hospital in which the on-site ventilators 902 are located), and remote assignment 908 (e.g., assignment to a user, team of users, patient, function, remote consult, etc. external to the care facility or hospital in which the on-site ventilators 902 are located). Assignment of resources (e.g., ventilators and/or relay transceivers) may be permanent, semi-permanent, or temporary. -
Region 916 represents on-site ventilators 902 that are not paired with an on-site relay transceiver 904 and are assigned. The ventilators in thisregion 916 may be reserved for use associated with their specific assignment and may be pairable with an on-site relay transceiver that is not yet paired (e.g.,regions 914, 922) or pairable with an on-site relay transceiver 904 that is already paired (e.g.,regions -
Region 922 represents on-site relay transceivers 904 that are not paired with an on-site ventilator 902 and are assigned. The on-site relay transceivers in thisregion 922 may be reserved for use associated with their specific assignment. For example, an on-site relay transceiver may be assigned to a remote consultant (e.g., diagnostics team, remote doctor, educational team, etc.) for which a consult is not yet needed (e.g., the relay transceiver is available for a time when a consult is required or desired). -
Region 918 represents on-site ventilators 902 that are paired with an on-site relay transceiver 904 and have an on-site assignment 906. The ventilators and/or relay transceivers in thisregion 916 may be reserved for use associated with their specific on-site assignment. For example, an on-site relay transceiver 904 may be assigned to a specific patient any may travel with the patient through a hospital (e.g., pairing with a different ventilator as the patient is paired with a different ventilator). Alternatively, a ventilator and/or relay transceiver may be assigned to a specific room, site, or wing of a hospital (e.g., imaging room or neonatal ward). In another example, a relay transceiver may be assigned to a specific clinician, doctor, or doctor support team, based on which patients or ventilators are currently assigned to the user or user team. -
Region 920 represents on-site relay transceivers 904 that are paired with an on-site ventilator 902 and have aremote assignment 908. The ventilators and/or relay transceivers in thisregion 920 may be reserved for use associated with their specific remote assignment. For example, a relay transceiver may be assigned to a remote consultant and paired to a ventilator for viewing of ventilator data by the remote consultant. Alternatively, a relay transceiver may be assigned to a patient that is going to be transported to a different facility or a patient that was recently transported from a different facility (e.g., the relay transceiver may be paired with different ventilators as the patient is transferred from ventilator to ventilator in transit). - In non-limiting examples, relay transceivers may be assigned in the following ways: to a patient (e.g., as a patient travels or is connected to different ventilators); to a site or room (e.g., assigned to “
Room 123”, assigned to an MM room, assigned to a terminal care room, assigned to a neonatal ward, assigned to a floor or region of a facility treating infectious disease, etc.); to a user (e.g., a doctor such as on-site doctor or remote consulting doctor, a clinician or care giver, a doctor support team, an educational facility, a diagnostics team, an expert consultant, etc.); or to a ventilator. In an instance where a relay transceiver is assigned to a remote doctor, the relay transceiver may be one of multiple relay transceivers paired with a single ventilator (e.g., multiple consults, or in addition to an on-site assigned relay transceiver). Additionally, as otherwise described herein, remote viewers may be limited to accessing a ventilator and/or a relay transceiver in a view-only mode. -
FIG. 10 depicts amethod 1000 for remotely adjusting and/or accessing a ventilator (such asventilators relay transceivers remote devices operation 1002, user authentication information is received. The user authentication information may be used to log in to the remote device, log in to a network of the remote device (e.g., a hospital VPN or hospital network), or otherwise verify an identity of the remote device or a user of the remote device. As otherwise described herein, the authentication information may be based on hospital security requirements and/or may utilize multi-factor authentication techniques. - At
operation 1004, available relay transceivers are displayed. Relay transceivers may be indicated as available when paired with a ventilator (which may or may not be currently ventilating a patient). The available relay transceivers may be provided in a list, as icons, or otherwise organized. Relay transceivers may be named. A name of a relay transceiver may include identification information, such as an identifier associated with an assignment of the relay transceiver (e.g., Dr. J,Room 123, neonatal, etc.), or an identifier associated with a paired ventilator or the relay transceiver (e.g., IP address, serial number, etc. of the paired ventilator and/or the relay transceiver). - At
operation 1006, a selection of a relay transceiver is received. For instance, a selection of an icon representing a relay transceiver may be received. A selection of a relay transceiver may cause the remote device to connect with the relay transceiver. Atoperation 1008, authentication information is provided to the selected relay transceiver. The authentication information may be the same or different authentication information received atoperation 1002. For example, a hospital's multi-factor authentication may be used to identify a user to log in to a remote device and also act as authentication of a remote device or the user of the remote device. - At
operation 1010, a disclaimer is received and/or accessed locally on the remote device. The disclaimer may include a usage agreement, setting preferences, or other warnings or information. In an example, a usage agreement is received from the selected relay transceiver every time a remote device connects to the relay transceiver. The usage agreement may require action (e.g., accept or deny) before proceeding to remote ventilator access via the relay transceiver. Atoperation 1012, an acceptance of the disclaimer is received by the remote device from the user and an indication of the acceptance may be sent to the selected relay transceiver. - At
operation 1014, a connection to the selected relay transceiver is established. As further described herein, access permissions of the connection may include view-only permissions or view and control permissions. - At
operation 1016, ventilator data is received. The ventilator data may be continuously updated. As further described herein, the ventilator data may include a video feed or successive image captures in substantially real time to replicate at least a portion of the ventilator GUI (displayed at the ventilator) at the remote user interface (on the remote device). Atoperation 1018, a remote user interface is displayed based on the ventilator data. The remote user interface that is replicating a portion of a live ventilator display may be associated with an overlay to recognize how a selection at the remote user interface of the remote device correlates with a selection at the live ventilator display. Additionally, the remote user interface may include one or more features described herein, including user interface elements (e.g., a virtual bezel key, a ventilator setting icon, an adjustment user interface element, etc.), subdivision into one or more sections (e.g., a selection section/panel, an adjustment section/panel, or a mode-changeable section/panel changeable to display different view modes).Operations - If access to the relay transceiver is a view-only mode,
method 1000 may end atoperation 1018. Atoperation 1020, a change associated with a selected ventilator setting icon is received. An increment of the change to the ventilator setting associated with the ventilator settings icon may be indicated based on an interaction with an adjustment element at the remote user interface (e.g., slide bar, an upward or downward adjustment icon, a rotatable dial, etc.). Atoperation 1022, the change is transmitted to the relay transceiver. The change (e.g., including the ventilator setting and an increment to adjust the ventilator setting) is associated with an update of a setting on the ventilator paired with the relay transceiver.Operations 1016 through 1022 may repeat as required or desired (e.g., while the remote device is connected to the relay transceiver) such that the ventilator data may be used to replicate the ventilator UI in real time (e.g., as ventilator settings are changed). -
FIG. 11 depicts amethod 1100 for remotely adjusting and/or accessing a ventilator (such asventilators relay transceivers remote devices operation 1102, a request to access the relay transceiver is received. The request may be received from a remote device that communicates with the relay transceiver via a wired or wireless connection. The request to access the relay transceiver may be authenticated to verify a remote device and/or a user of the remote device requesting access. - At
operation 1104, a disclaimer is provided to the remote device. The disclaimer may be similar to the disclaim described above foroperation 1010 inFIG. 10 . Atdetermination 1106, it is determined if one or more portions of the disclaimer are accepted. If an acceptance is not received (e.g., the disclaimer times out or is declined at the remote device), flow proceeds as “NO” tooperation 1108 where access to ventilator data (e.g., data received from a paired ventilator) is denied. Denial may prompt closing of an application on the remote device. - If, alternatively, an acceptance is received, flow proceeds as “YES” to
operation 1110. Atoperation 1110, ventilator data is received (e.g., from the ventilator to the relay transceiver). The ventilator data may be similar to that described inoperation 1016 inFIG. 10 . - At
operation 1112, the ventilator data is transmitted. The relay transceiver may send or forward the ventilator data to the remote device to allow the remote device to replicate the ventilator GUI. The transmission may be continuously forwarded as ventilator information is received by the relay transceiver from the ventilator.Operations - At
operation 1114, a settings change is received from the remote device. The settings change may be associated with a ventilator setting and an adjustment increment to adjust a value of the ventilator setting. Atoperation 1116, the settings change is transmitted. The settings change is transmitted to the ventilator to update a setting of the ventilator paired with the relay transceiver.Operations 1110 through 1116 may repeat as required or desired (e.g., while the remote device is connected to the relay transceiver) such that the ventilator data may be used to replicate the ventilator UI in real time at the remote device (e.g., as ventilator settings are changed). -
FIG. 12 depicts amethod 1200 for pairing a relay transceiver (e.g.,relay transceivers ventilators operation 1202, first ventilator data is received from a first ventilator via a first connection. The first connection between the relay transceiver and the first ventilator may be a physical connection (e.g., a wired connection, a connection via a port on the ventilator, integrated into the ventilator, etc., as otherwise described herein). The first ventilator data may be continuously received while the first connection is established (e.g., until the relay transceiver is physically disconnected from the first ventilator). The relay transceiver may transmit a disconnection notice to the remote device when a connection between the relay transceiver and a ventilator is lost or disconnected (e.g., as may be displayed at a remote user interface of the remote device as a connect ordisconnect button 708 or as information 710). - At
operation 1204, the first ventilator data is transmitted to a remote device via a second connection. The second connection (the connection between the relay transceiver and the remote device) may be a wireless connection. The first ventilator data may be continuously transmitted or forwarded to the remote device while the first connection and the second connection are established (e.g., until the relay transceiver is disconnected from the first ventilator or until the remote device is disconnected from the relay transceiver). - At
operation 1206, a first change, to be caused at the first ventilator, is received form the remote device. As otherwise described herein, a change (e.g., the first change) may be associated with a ventilator setting and an adjustment increment to adjust a value of the ventilator setting (e.g., by selection of a ventilator settings icon displayed at the remote device). The adjustment increment may be indicated based on an interaction with an adjustment element at the remote user interface. - At
operation 1208, the first change is transmitted to the first ventilator. Transmission of the change may cause a setting of the ventilator to be adjusted by an amount indicated by the first change. For instance, upon receiving the first change or indication of the first change, the ventilator changes or adjusts the respective setting. Operations 1202-1204 and 1202-1208 may repeat as required or desired. - At
operation 1210, second ventilator data is received from a second ventilator via a third connection. The third connection, between the relay transceiver and the second ventilator, may be the same or similar to the connection described inoperation 1202 between the relay transceiver and the first ventilator. - To establish the first connection and/or the third connection, relay transceiver may be required or desired to be located near (e.g., in the same room) as the ventilator to which it is connected. The first ventilator and the second ventilator may be in different locations (e.g., different rooms of a hospital, different wings of a hospital, different buildings, etc.). In this instance, the relay transceiver may be in a first room when receiving the first ventilator data over the first connection and may be relocated to a second room when receiving the second ventilator data over the third connection. For instance, a clinician may unplug the relay transceiver from the first ventilator, carry the relay transceiver to the second ventilator, and plug the relay transceiver into the second ventilator. Additionally, the first connection and the third connection may be established at different times and may be mutually exclusive. Alternatively, the relay transceiver may establish the first connection and the third connection concurrently. For instance, multiple ports of the relay transceiver may be used. A first cable from a first port of the relay transceiver may be connected to a port of the first ventilator, and a second cable from a second port of the relay transceiver may be connected to a port of the second ventilator. In an example where the first connection and the third connection are not established concurrently, the first connection may be disconnected prior to establishing the third connection and prior to receiving second ventilator data from the second ventilator at
operation 1210. - At
operation 1212, the second ventilator data is transmitted to the remote device via the second connection. Atoperation 1214, a second change, to be caused at the second ventilator, is received from the remote device. Atoperation 1216, the second change is transmitted to the second ventilator. Operations 1212-1216 may be the same or similar to operations 1204-1208, except relating to the third connection between the relay transceiver and the second ventilator (instead of the first connection between the relay transceiver and the first ventilator). Operations 1210-1212 and 1210-1216 may repeat as required or desired. -
FIG. 13 depicts amethod 1300 for receiving changes to be caused at a ventilator (e.g.,ventilators remote devices operation 1302, ventilator data is received from a ventilator. The ventilator data may be received over a connection between a relay transceiver and the ventilator. The connection between the relay transceiver and the ventilator may be a physical connection (e.g., a wired connection, a connection via a port on the ventilator, integrated into the ventilator, etc.). The ventilator data may be continuously received while the connection between the relay transceiver and the ventilator is established (e.g., until the relay transceiver is disconnected from the ventilator). - At
operation 1304, the ventilator data is transmitted to a first remote device via a first connection and a second remote device via a second connection. The first connection, the connection between the relay transceiver and the first remote device, and/or the second connection, the connection between the relay transceiver and the second remote device, may be wireless connections. The ventilator data may be continuously transmitted or forwarded to the first remote device and the second remote device as it is received from the ventilator. The first remote device and/or the second remote device may be located outside of a room in which the ventilator is located. Operations 1302-1304 may repeat as required or desired. - At
operation 1306, a first change to be caused at the ventilator is received from the first remote device. As further described herein, a change (e.g., the first change) may be associated with a ventilator setting (associated with a ventilator settings icon at the remote device) and an adjustment increment (associated with an adjustment element at the remote device) to adjust a value of the ventilator setting. - At
operation 1308, the first change is transmitted to the ventilator. Transmission of the first change may cause a first setting of the ventilator to be adjusted by an amount indicated by the first change. Operations 1302-1308 may repeat as required or desired. - At
operation 1310, a second change to be caused at the ventilator is received from the second remote device. Similar to the first change described inoperation 1306, the second change may be associated with a ventilator setting and an adjustment increment to adjust a value of the ventilator setting. The first change and the second change may be associated with different ventilator settings or the same ventilator setting. Additionally, the first change and the second change may be associated with a same or different adjustment increment (e.g., a same change to a value of a setting). For example, a first change may be a +0.1 cmH2O adjustment increment to PEEP and the second change may also be a +0.1 cmH2O adjustment increment to PEEP, resulting in a total change of +0.2 cmH2O to the PEEP ventilation setting. In another example, a first change may be a +0.1 cmH2O adjustment increment to PEEP and a second change may be a −2 f/mm adjustment increment to respiratory rate. - Adjustments to ventilator settings (e.g., a first change and a second change) may be restricted. For example, the second change may be prevented from being received at the relay transceiver (and/or prevented from being received at a user interface of the second remote device) until after receiving and/or transmitting, or between receiving and transmitting, the first change (e.g., while the first change is being caused at the ventilator). Additionally or alternatively, local control of the ventilator (e.g., at the user interface of the ventilator itself) may be prevented until after receiving and/or transmitting, or between receiving and transmitting, the first change. The local control at the ventilator or one or more remote devices may be prioritized for causing changes to ventilator settings. For example, the local control may override any incoming changes from remote devices (e.g., the first remote device or the second remote device). In another example, a prioritized remote device may override any changes to ventilator settings (e.g., local changes or changes from other remote devices). In another example, changes from remote devices may be prevented for a lockout period (e.g., a specified period of time, such as 10 seconds, 30 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, etc.) when local control of the ventilator is detected (e.g., by the relay transceiver determining a change in the ventilator data and/or a change in one or more values of a ventilator setting). If changes are not currently available at a remote device, the remote device may be designated in a view-only mode (e.g., have view-only access or permission to the ventilator data). If changes are permitted by the remote device, the remote device, then the remote device may be operating in a view and control mode (e.g., have view and control access or permission to the ventilator data).
- At
operation 1312, the second change is transmitted to the ventilator. Transmission of the second change may cause a second setting of the ventilator (e.g., which may be the same as or different from the first setting associated with the first change) to be adjusted by an amount indicated by the second change. Operations 1302-1312 may repeat as required or desired. Although two remote devices are provided in theexample method 1300, any number of remote devices is appreciated. - Those skilled in the art will recognize that the methods and systems of the present disclosure may be implemented in many manners and as such are not to be limited by the foregoing aspects and examples. In other words, functional elements being performed by a single or multiple components, in various combinations of hardware and software or firmware, and individual functions, can be distributed among software applications at either the client or server level or both. In this regard, any number of the features of the different aspects described herein may be combined into single or multiple aspects, and alternate aspects having fewer than or more than all of the features herein described are possible. Functionality may also be, in whole or in part, distributed among multiple components, in manners now known or to become known. Thus, myriad software/hardware/firmware combinations are possible in achieving the functions, features, interfaces, and preferences described herein. In addition, some aspects of the present disclosure are described above with reference to block diagrams and/or operational illustrations of systems and methods according to aspects of this disclosure. The functions, operations, and/or acts noted in the blocks may occur out of the order that is shown in any respective flowchart. For example, two blocks shown in succession may in fact be executed or performed substantially concurrently or in reverse order, depending on the functionality and implementation involved.
- Further, as used herein and in the claims, the phrase “at least one of element A, element B, or element C” is intended to convey any of: element A, element B, element C, elements A and B, elements A and C, elements B and C, and elements A, B, and C. In addition, one having skill in the art will understand the degree to which terms such as “about” or “substantially” convey in light of the measurement techniques utilized herein. To the extent such terms may not be clearly defined or understood by one having skill in the art, the term “about” shall mean plus or minus ten percent.
- Numerous other changes may be made which will readily suggest themselves to those skilled in the art and which are encompassed in the spirit of the disclosure and as defined in the appended claims. While various aspects have been described for purposes of this disclosure, various changes and modifications may be made which are well within the scope of the disclosure. Numerous other changes may be made which will readily suggest themselves to those skilled in the art and which are encompassed in the spirit of the disclosure and as defined in the claims.
- In an aspect, the present technology relates to a system for remotely adjusting a ventilator. The system includes a display, a processor, and memory storing instructions that, when executed by the processor, cause the system to perform a set of operations. The set of operations include displaying, on the display, a ventilator user interface comprising an icon associated with a ventilation setting. The set of operations further include receiving, from a remote device, selection data comprising position information and selection information of a time-varying user input. Based on the selection data, the set of operations include determining a selection of the icon. The set of operations additionally includes displaying, on the ventilator user interface a value associated with the selected icon. Thereafter, the set of operations includes determining, based on the selection data, a change in the value associated with the selected icon. Additionally, the set of operations includes displaying, on the ventilator user interface, the change in the value and updating the ventilation setting based on the change in the value.
- For example, the set of operations further includes sending display information to a replicate display device to replicate a portion of the ventilator user interface. In another example, the replicate display device is the remote device. In a further example, the replicate display device is different from the remote device and is non-interactive. In yet another example, an intermediate device relays the selection data from the remote device to the ventilator. In still a further example, the system further includes a physical input component configured to adjust the value. In another example, the physical input component is a rotatable dial, and the change in the value is associated with an angle of rotation of the rotatable dial. In a further example, the set of operations further includes receiving, from the remote device, adjustment data associated with the change in the value.
- In another example, a method for remotely adjusting a ventilator is provided. The method includes displaying, on a remote device, a remote user interface and receiving, at the remote user interface, a time-varying user input comprising an input position and an input selection. The method further includes sending, to the ventilator, selection data based on the input position and the input selection and receiving, from the ventilator, a selection indication of a selected ventilator icon associated with the selection data. Thereafter, the method includes receiving, from the ventilator, a change indication of a change in a value associated with the selected ventilator icon.
- In examples, the remote user interface includes a virtual trackpad. In another example, the method further includes receiving, from the ventilator, display data comprising display information to replicate a portion of the ventilator user interface. In a further example, the remote user interface includes the portion of the ventilator user interface and a virtual trackpad, the portion of the ventilator user interface comprising a local position indicator. In yet another example, the method further includes receiving, at the remote user interface, an adjustment input associated with the selected ventilator icon, wherein the remote user interface comprises a remote adjustment element and the adjustment input is based on the time-varying user input at the remote adjustment element. In still a further example, the remote adjustment element is a virtual rotatable dial capable of receiving the adjustment input. In another example, the virtual rotatable dial is associated with a physical rotatable dial on the ventilator. In yet another example, a position of the remote adjustment element is associated with a non-selectable region of a corresponding ventilator user interface. In a further example, the method further includes enabling the remote adjustment element based on the selection indication. In another example, the method further includes receiving, from the ventilator, a de-selection indication of the selected ventilator control element; and disabling the remote adjustment element. In a further example, the method further includes displaying the selection indication on the remote user interface.
- In a further example, a method for remotely adjusting a ventilator is provided. The method includes displaying, by the ventilator, a ventilator user interface comprising a ventilator control element associated with a ventilation setting and displaying, on a remote device, a remote user interface. The method further includes receiving, at the remote device, a time-varying user input at the remote user interface comprising an input position and an input selection and sending, from the remote device to the ventilator, selection data based on the selection input. Additionally, the method includes receiving, at the ventilator, the selection data from the remote device and determining, by the ventilator, a selection of the ventilator control element, based on the selection data. The method includes displaying, by the ventilator on the ventilator user interface a value associated with the selected ventilator control element. Thereafter, the method includes determining, by the ventilator, a change in a value associated with the selected ventilator control element. The method further includes displaying, by the ventilator on the ventilator user interface, the change in the value; and updating the ventilation setting based on the change in the value.
- In another example, a method for remotely accessing a medical ventilator is provided. The method includes connecting, via a wired or wireless connection, a remote computing device to a ventilator, the ventilator having a ventilator display; and providing, on the remote computing device, a view of the ventilator display. The method further includes tracking, on the remote computing device, cursor movement and a cursor activation. Additionally, the method includes displaying, on the remote computing device, the cursor movement overlaid on the view of the ventilator display; and transmitting the cursor activation to the ventilator, via the wired or wireless connection.
- In an example, the set of operations further includes: receiving updated ventilator data from the relay transceiver associated with the settings change caused at the ventilator; and updating the remote user interface based on the updated ventilator data. In another example, the set of operations further comprise: displaying, on the display, a plurality of relay icons corresponding to a plurality of relay transceivers; receiving a selection of a particular relay icon; and based on the received selection of the particular relay icon, establishing a connection with a particular relay transceiver corresponding to the particular relay icon. In a further example, the system is located outside a of a room in which the particular relay transceiver and the ventilator are located. In yet another example, the ventilator data is received over a wireless network of a hospital. In still a further example, the remote ventilator user interface includes at least one ventilator settings icon, and wherein the selected ventilator setting is the at least one ventilator settings icon. In another example, the remote interface includes a virtual bezel key representing at least one physical bezel key on the ventilator, and wherein the selected ventilator setting is the virtual bezel key. In a further example, the remote user interface includes an adjustment element, and wherein the settings change is defined by a received interaction with the adjustment element. In yet another example, the adjustment element is a slide bar. In still a further example, the remote user interface comprises three panels: a changeable panel including the remote ventilator user interface; a selection panel including the virtual bezel key; and an adjustment panel including the adjustment element.
- In another aspect, a relay transceiver for remotely adjusting a ventilator is disclosed. The relay transceiver system includes a processor; and memory storing instructions that, when executed by the processor, cause the system to perform a set of operations. The set of operations includes: receiving a request, from a remote device over a wireless connection between the remote device and the relay transceiver, to access ventilator data of a ventilator; and receiving the ventilator data from the ventilator over a wired connection between the ventilator and the relay transceiver. The set of operations further includes transmitting the ventilator data to the remote device over the wireless connection, the ventilator data causing a portion of the ventilator user interface to be replicated at the remote user interface. Additionally, the set of operations includes receiving, from the remote device over the wireless connection, a settings change of the at least one adjustable ventilator setting; and transmitting the settings change to the ventilator over the wired connection.
- In an example, the wireless connection between the remote device and the relay transceiver is over a hospital network. In another example, the wired connection between the ventilator and the relay transceiver is established with at least one of: an HDMI-to-USB adapter; a dongle; a self-supported HDMI connection; and a smart cable. In a further example, the set of operations further includes: receiving a patient video feed from a camera; and transmitting the patient video feed to the remote device for display at the remote user interface. In yet another example, the ventilator data includes a video of the ventilator user interface. In still a further example, the at least one adjustable ventilator setting is associated with one of: a physical bezel key on the ventilator; and a ventilator user interface element on the ventilator user interface. In another example, the at least one adjustable ventilator setting associated with the physical bezel key is one of: a display brightness; a display lock; an alarm volume; a manual inspiration; an inspiratory pause; an expiratory pause; an alarm reset; and an audio pause. In a further example, the at least one adjustable ventilator setting associated with the ventilator user interface element is one of: an inhalation flow; a respiratory rate; a tidal volume; and a positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP). In yet another example, the set of operations further includes in response to receiving the request to access ventilator data of the ventilator, transmitting a usage agreement to the remote device over the wireless connection; and receiving an acceptance of the usage agreement from the remote device over the wireless connection.
- In a further aspect, a method for remotely accessing a ventilator is disclosed. The method includes receiving ventilator data from a relay transceiver communicatively coupled to a ventilator. Based on the ventilator data, the method includes displaying a remote user interface including a remote ventilator user interface replicating at least a portion of a ventilator user interface of the ventilator. Additionally, the method includes receiving, at the remote user interface, a selection of a ventilator setting; receiving, at the remote user interface, a settings change to the selected ventilator setting; and transmitting the settings change to the relay transceiver.
- In another aspect, a method for pairing a relay transceiver with a first ventilator and a second ventilator is described. The method includes: receiving first ventilator data from a first ventilator over a first wired connection between the relay transceiver and the first ventilator; and transmitting the first ventilator data to a remote device over a wireless connection between the relay transceiver and the remote device. Additionally, the method includes receiving, from the remote device, a first change to be caused at the first ventilator; transmitting the first change to the first ventilator; and receiving second ventilator data from a second ventilator over a second wired connection between the relay transceiver and the second ventilator. The method further includes transmitting the second ventilator data to the remote device over the wireless connection; receiving, from the remote device, a second change to be caused at the second ventilator; and transmitting the second change to the second ventilator.
- In an example, the first wired connection and the second wired connection are not concurrently established. In another example, the relay transceiver is physically disconnected from the first ventilator prior to the second wired connection being established. In a further example, the method further includes: when receiving the first ventilator data, the relay transceiver is removably attached to a physical port of the first ventilator accessible outside of a housing of the first ventilator; and when receiving the second ventilator data, the relay transceiver is removably attached to a physical port of the second ventilator accessible outside of a housing of the second ventilator. In yet another example, when receiving the second ventilator data, the relay transceiver is not attached to the physical port of the first ventilator. In still a further example, the first ventilator and the second ventilator are in different rooms of a hospital. In another example, the first wired connection is contained inside a room of a hospital and the remote device is outside of the room. In a further example, transmitting the first change to the first ventilator causes a settings change at the first ventilator. In yet another example, the method further includes transmitting a disconnection notice to the remote device. In still a further example, the first ventilator data includes video data.
- In a further aspect, a method for receiving settings changes from multiple remote devices at a relay transceiver is disclosed. The method includes receiving ventilator data from a ventilator over a wired connection; and transmitting the ventilator data to a first remote device over a first wireless connection and a second remote device over a second wireless connection. The method further includes receiving, from the first remote device, a first change to be caused at the ventilator; and transmitting the first change to the ventilator. Additionally, the method includes receiving, from the second remote device, a second change to be caused at the ventilator; and transmitting the second change to the ventilator.
- In an example, the first wireless connection and the second wireless connection are over a hospital network. In another example, the ventilator data includes video data associated with the ventilator. In a further example, the method further includes: receiving a patient video feed from a camera; and transmitting the patient video feed to the first remote device. In yet another example, the first remote device and the second remote device are located outside of a room in which the ventilator is located. In still a further example, the ventilator data is continuously received and transmitted. In another example, the second change is prevented from being received until after transmitting the first change. In a further example, changes from the first remote device and the second remote device are prevented for a lockout period when local control of the ventilator is detected. In yet another example, the method further includes transmitting the ventilator data to a third remote device while preventing any changes to be received from the third remote device. In still a further example, the first remote device has view and control access to the ventilator data and the third remote device has view-only access to the ventilator data.
Claims (20)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/544,631 US20220088332A1 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2021-12-07 | Remote ventilator adjustment |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202063023343P | 2020-05-12 | 2020-05-12 | |
US202063050214P | 2020-07-10 | 2020-07-10 | |
US17/241,638 US11672934B2 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2021-04-27 | Remote ventilator adjustment |
US17/544,631 US20220088332A1 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2021-12-07 | Remote ventilator adjustment |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/241,638 Continuation US11672934B2 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2021-04-27 | Remote ventilator adjustment |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220088332A1 true US20220088332A1 (en) | 2022-03-24 |
Family
ID=78513708
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/241,638 Active US11672934B2 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2021-04-27 | Remote ventilator adjustment |
US17/544,631 Abandoned US20220088332A1 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2021-12-07 | Remote ventilator adjustment |
US18/185,767 Pending US20230211099A1 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2023-03-17 | Remote ventilator adjustment |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/241,638 Active US11672934B2 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2021-04-27 | Remote ventilator adjustment |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US18/185,767 Pending US20230211099A1 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2023-03-17 | Remote ventilator adjustment |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US11672934B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP4150629A1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN115552539A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2021231101A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
USD847859S1 (en) * | 2017-03-22 | 2019-05-07 | Biosense Webster (Israel) Ltd. | Display screen or portion thereof with icon |
USD954106S1 (en) * | 2020-02-14 | 2022-06-07 | Omron Healthcare Co., Ltd. | Display screen with icon |
DE102021004288A1 (en) * | 2020-09-15 | 2022-03-17 | Löwenstein Medical Technology S.A. | Method and system for data transmission in ventilators |
USD946597S1 (en) * | 2020-09-30 | 2022-03-22 | Masimo Corporation | Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface |
EP4002762A1 (en) * | 2020-11-19 | 2022-05-25 | Löwenstein Medical Technology S.A. | Authentication of a ventilation device |
USD1012100S1 (en) * | 2021-11-30 | 2024-01-23 | PassiveLogic, Inc. | Display screen or portion thereof with a graphical user interface |
USD1012101S1 (en) * | 2021-12-01 | 2024-01-23 | Passivelogic, Inc | Display screen or portion thereof with a graphical user interface |
WO2023108475A1 (en) * | 2021-12-15 | 2023-06-22 | Citrix Systems, Inc. | Application hotspot on endpoint device |
WO2023228048A1 (en) * | 2022-05-23 | 2023-11-30 | Covidien Lp | Ventilator-to-ventilator transfer of ventilator data |
Family Cites Families (760)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3577984A (en) | 1967-03-27 | 1971-05-11 | Donti Research Dev Mfg | Spirometer |
US3659590A (en) | 1969-10-13 | 1972-05-02 | Jones Medical Instr Co | Respiration testing system |
US3961624A (en) | 1972-12-11 | 1976-06-08 | Puritan-Bennett Corporation | Method of determining lung pressure of a patient using a positive pressure breathing system |
US3871371A (en) | 1972-12-11 | 1975-03-18 | Puritan Bennett Corp | Respiration supply and control |
US3940742A (en) | 1973-08-06 | 1976-02-24 | Medical Monitor Systems, Inc. | Data acquisition, storage and display system |
US4053951A (en) | 1973-08-06 | 1977-10-11 | Amsco/Medical Electronics, Inc. | Data acquisition, storage and display system |
CH568756A5 (en) | 1973-09-07 | 1975-11-14 | Hoffmann La Roche | |
US3977394A (en) | 1975-02-07 | 1976-08-31 | Jones Medical Instrument Company | Computerized pulmonary analyzer |
JPS523911Y2 (en) | 1975-03-20 | 1977-01-27 | ||
JPS51114156A (en) | 1975-03-31 | 1976-10-07 | Toshiba Corp | Device for detecting the amount of ventilation |
US3991304A (en) | 1975-05-19 | 1976-11-09 | Hillsman Dean | Respiratory biofeedback and performance evaluation system |
US3996928A (en) | 1975-05-28 | 1976-12-14 | Marx Alvin J | Patient vital-signs automated measuring apparatus |
US4034743A (en) | 1975-10-24 | 1977-07-12 | Airco, Inc. | Automated pulmonary function testing apparatus |
US4323064A (en) | 1976-10-26 | 1982-04-06 | Puritan-Bennett Corporation | Volume ventilator |
US4112931A (en) | 1977-01-05 | 1978-09-12 | Cavitron Corporation | Tidal volume display |
GB1596298A (en) | 1977-04-07 | 1981-08-26 | Morgan Ltd P K | Method of and apparatus for detecting or measuring changes in the cross-sectional area of a non-magnetic object |
US4187842A (en) | 1977-12-06 | 1980-02-12 | N.A.D., Inc. | Pressure monitor for breathing system |
US4215409A (en) | 1978-03-13 | 1980-07-29 | Mckesson Company | Flow control system for anesthesia apparatus |
US4241739A (en) | 1978-11-13 | 1980-12-30 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Volume calculator for incentive spirometer |
US4258718A (en) | 1979-04-16 | 1981-03-31 | Goldman Michael D | Measuring respiratory air volume |
DE2926747C2 (en) | 1979-07-03 | 1982-05-19 | Drägerwerk AG, 2400 Lübeck | Ventilation system with a ventilator controlled by patient values |
US4296756A (en) | 1979-07-26 | 1981-10-27 | Cyber Diagnostics, Inc. | Remote pulmonary function tester |
IT1131177B (en) | 1980-05-14 | 1986-06-18 | Consiglio Nazionale Ricerche | PROGRAMMABLE BAND COMPARATOR, MULTI-CHANNEL, FOR CARDIOSURGICAL UNITS |
FR2483785A1 (en) | 1980-06-10 | 1981-12-11 | Air Liquide | AUTOMATIC VENTILATION CORRECTION RESPIRATOR |
US4440177A (en) | 1980-07-03 | 1984-04-03 | Medical Graphics Corporation | Respiratory analyzer system |
JPS5948106B2 (en) | 1980-08-27 | 1984-11-24 | 株式会社東芝 | respiratory monitoring device |
US4407295A (en) | 1980-10-16 | 1983-10-04 | Dna Medical, Inc. | Miniature physiological monitor with interchangeable sensors |
US4401116A (en) | 1980-12-04 | 1983-08-30 | Bear Medical Systems, Inc. | Gas flow rate control device for medical ventilator |
US4391283A (en) | 1981-03-24 | 1983-07-05 | Whitman Medical Corporation | Incentive spirometer |
US4736750A (en) | 1981-04-24 | 1988-04-12 | Valdespino Joseph M | Apparatus for testing pulmonary functions |
US4463764A (en) | 1981-09-29 | 1984-08-07 | Medical Graphics Corporation | Cardiopulmonary exercise system |
FR2517961A1 (en) | 1981-12-11 | 1983-06-17 | Synthelabo Biomedical | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION |
US4550726A (en) | 1982-07-15 | 1985-11-05 | Mcewen James A | Method and apparatus for detection of breathing gas interruptions |
US4654029A (en) | 1982-12-13 | 1987-03-31 | Howmedica, Inc. | Electronic drainage system |
DE3401384A1 (en) | 1984-01-17 | 1985-07-25 | Drägerwerk AG, 2400 Lübeck | DEVICE FOR THE SUPPLY OF VENTILATION GAS IN THE CLOSED BREATHING CIRCUIT OF A MEDICAL VENTILATOR |
US4495944A (en) | 1983-02-07 | 1985-01-29 | Trutek Research, Inc. | Inhalation therapy apparatus |
US4813409A (en) | 1985-09-27 | 1989-03-21 | Aaron Ismach | Ventilator system having improved means for assisting and controlling a patient's breathing |
US4637385A (en) | 1986-01-13 | 1987-01-20 | Tibor Rusz | Pulmonary ventilator controller |
US4790327A (en) | 1987-07-27 | 1988-12-13 | George Despotis | Endotracheal intubation device |
US4852582A (en) | 1987-09-11 | 1989-08-01 | Pell Donald M | Method and kit for measuring the effectiveness of bronchodilators |
US4867152A (en) | 1987-10-09 | 1989-09-19 | The Boc Group, Inc. | Respiratory therapy apparatus with selective display of parameter set points |
US4796639A (en) | 1987-11-05 | 1989-01-10 | Medical Graphics Corporation | Pulmonary diagnostic system |
US5003985A (en) | 1987-12-18 | 1991-04-02 | Nippon Colin Co., Ltd. | End tidal respiratory monitor |
US4876903A (en) | 1988-01-11 | 1989-10-31 | Budinger William D | Method and apparatus for determination and display of critical gas supply information |
US5058601A (en) | 1988-02-10 | 1991-10-22 | Sherwood Medical Company | Pulmonary function tester |
US4898174A (en) | 1988-05-03 | 1990-02-06 | Life Support Products, Inc. | Automatic ventilator |
US4917108A (en) | 1988-06-29 | 1990-04-17 | Mault James R | Oxygen consumption meter |
US5021046A (en) | 1988-08-10 | 1991-06-04 | Utah Medical Products, Inc. | Medical pressure sensing and display system |
US4984158A (en) | 1988-10-14 | 1991-01-08 | Hillsman Dean | Metered dose inhaler biofeedback training and evaluation system |
GB8913085D0 (en) | 1989-06-07 | 1989-07-26 | Whitwam James G | Improvements in or relating to medical ventilators |
US4990894A (en) | 1989-11-01 | 1991-02-05 | Hudson Respiratory Care Inc. | Ventilator monitor and alarm apparatus |
US5137026A (en) | 1990-01-04 | 1992-08-11 | Glaxo Australia Pty., Ltd. | Personal spirometer |
US5448996A (en) | 1990-02-02 | 1995-09-12 | Lifesigns, Inc. | Patient monitor sheets |
US5020527A (en) | 1990-02-20 | 1991-06-04 | Texax-Glynn Corporation | Inhaler device with counter/timer means |
EP0778003A3 (en) | 1990-03-09 | 1998-09-30 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Presence detecting apparatus |
US5237987A (en) | 1990-06-07 | 1993-08-24 | Infrasonics, Inc. | Human lung ventilator system |
US5057822A (en) | 1990-09-07 | 1991-10-15 | Puritan-Bennett Corporation | Medical gas alarm system |
DE69131836T2 (en) | 1990-09-19 | 2000-07-27 | The University Of Melbourne, Parkville | CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR MONITORING THE ARTERIAL CO 2 CONTENT |
DE4033292A1 (en) | 1990-10-19 | 1992-04-23 | Uwatec Ag | Mobile respirator monitor with pressure gauge - has transmitter with control for spacing of transmission signals, and identification signal generator |
JPH0653176B2 (en) | 1990-11-30 | 1994-07-20 | 史朗 鈴木 | humidifier |
US5246010A (en) | 1990-12-11 | 1993-09-21 | Biotrine Corporation | Method and apparatus for exhalation analysis |
GB9104201D0 (en) | 1991-02-28 | 1991-04-17 | Kraemer Richard | Medical device |
WO1994016759A1 (en) | 1991-03-05 | 1994-08-04 | Miris Medical Corporation | An automatic aerosol medication delivery system and methods |
US5404871A (en) | 1991-03-05 | 1995-04-11 | Aradigm | Delivery of aerosol medications for inspiration |
US5319355A (en) | 1991-03-06 | 1994-06-07 | Russek Linda G | Alarm for patient monitor and life support equipment system |
DE69123954T2 (en) | 1991-03-07 | 1997-04-30 | Hamamatsu Photonics Kk | Arrangement for measuring the oxygen content in the tissue |
US5365922A (en) | 1991-03-19 | 1994-11-22 | Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. | Closed-loop non-invasive oxygen saturation control system |
US5231981A (en) | 1991-03-20 | 1993-08-03 | N.A.D., Inc. | Display panel with pistol grip for use with anesthesia apparatus |
GB9108370D0 (en) | 1991-04-18 | 1991-06-05 | Clement Clarke Int | Measurement apparatus |
US5486286A (en) | 1991-04-19 | 1996-01-23 | Althin Medical, Inc. | Apparatus for performing a self-test of kidney dialysis membrane |
US5242455A (en) | 1991-05-03 | 1993-09-07 | University Of Pittsburgh | Imaging fixation and localization system |
FI921924A (en) | 1991-05-08 | 1992-11-09 | Nellcor Inc | PORTABEL COLDIOXIDE MONITOR |
US5261397A (en) | 1991-05-10 | 1993-11-16 | The Children's Hospital Of Philadelphia | Methods and apparatus for measuring infant lung function and providing respiratory system therapy |
US5235973A (en) | 1991-05-15 | 1993-08-17 | Gary Levinson | Tracheal tube cuff inflation control and monitoring system |
US5203343A (en) | 1991-06-14 | 1993-04-20 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Method and apparatus for controlling sleep disorder breathing |
US5261415A (en) | 1991-07-12 | 1993-11-16 | Ciba Corning Diagnostics Corp. | CO2 mainstream capnography sensor |
US5224487A (en) | 1991-07-22 | 1993-07-06 | Healthscan Products, Inc. | Portable peak flow meter |
US5303698A (en) | 1991-08-27 | 1994-04-19 | The Boc Group, Inc. | Medical ventilator |
US6123075A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 2000-09-26 | Mallinckrodt, Inc. | Resuscitator regulator with carbon dioxide detector |
WO1993008534A1 (en) | 1991-10-24 | 1993-04-29 | Hewlett-Packard Gmbh | Apparatus and method for evaluating the fetal condition |
US5167506A (en) | 1991-10-24 | 1992-12-01 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Inhalation device training system |
US5303699A (en) | 1991-11-18 | 1994-04-19 | Intermed Equipamento Medico Hospitalar Ltda. | Infant ventilator with exhalation valves |
US5363842A (en) | 1991-12-20 | 1994-11-15 | Circadian, Inc. | Intelligent inhaler providing feedback to both patient and medical professional |
US5277195A (en) | 1992-02-03 | 1994-01-11 | Dura Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Portable spirometer |
US5355893A (en) | 1992-04-06 | 1994-10-18 | Mick Peter R | Vital signs monitor |
US5279304A (en) | 1992-04-30 | 1994-01-18 | Robert K. Einhorn | Nasal volume meter |
US5293875A (en) | 1992-06-16 | 1994-03-15 | Natus Medical Incorporated | In-vivo measurement of end-tidal carbon monoxide concentration apparatus and methods |
FR2692650B1 (en) | 1992-06-19 | 1994-08-19 | Taema | Fluid distribution monitoring system to a user station. |
FR2693910B1 (en) | 1992-07-23 | 1994-08-26 | Taema | Equipment and methods for delivering doses of at least one gas to the respiratory tract of a user. |
SE501585C2 (en) | 1992-08-11 | 1995-03-20 | Swedish Sophisticated Export I | Device for fixing objects such as measuring means, sensor, probe, tube or the like in the mouth, nose or other opening of a human or other individual |
US7081095B2 (en) | 2001-05-17 | 2006-07-25 | Lynn Lawrence A | Centralized hospital monitoring system for automatically detecting upper airway instability and for preventing and aborting adverse drug reactions |
US7758503B2 (en) | 1997-01-27 | 2010-07-20 | Lynn Lawrence A | Microprocessor system for the analysis of physiologic and financial datasets |
WO1994004071A1 (en) | 1992-08-19 | 1994-03-03 | Lynn Lawrence A | Apparatus for the diagnosis of sleep apnea |
GB9219102D0 (en) | 1992-09-09 | 1992-10-21 | Fairfax Andrew J | Flowmeters |
US5333106A (en) | 1992-10-09 | 1994-07-26 | Circadian, Inc. | Apparatus and visual display method for training in the power use of aerosol pharmaceutical inhalers |
US5956501A (en) | 1997-01-10 | 1999-09-21 | Health Hero Network, Inc. | Disease simulation system and method |
US5590648A (en) | 1992-11-30 | 1997-01-07 | Tremont Medical | Personal health care system |
CA2109017A1 (en) | 1992-12-16 | 1994-06-17 | Donald M. Smith | Method and apparatus for the intermittent delivery of oxygen therapy to a person |
WO1994014492A2 (en) | 1992-12-18 | 1994-07-07 | Schering Corporation | Inhaler for powdered medications |
NL9202256A (en) | 1992-12-24 | 1994-07-18 | Peter Bernard Defares | Interactive breathing regulator. |
US5899203A (en) | 1992-12-24 | 1999-05-04 | Defares; Peter Bernard | Interactive respiratory regulator |
US6012450A (en) | 1993-01-29 | 2000-01-11 | Aradigm Corporation | Intrapulmonary delivery of hematopoietic drug |
US5375592A (en) | 1993-04-08 | 1994-12-27 | Kirk; Gilbert M. | Carbon dioxide detector and shield |
US5373851A (en) | 1993-04-19 | 1994-12-20 | Brunswick Biomedical Corporation | Specialized peak flow meter |
US5501231A (en) | 1993-06-02 | 1996-03-26 | Kaish; Norman | Patient operated system for testing and recording a biological condition of the patient |
US5651264A (en) | 1993-06-29 | 1997-07-29 | Siemens Electric Limited | Flexible process controller |
US5383470A (en) | 1993-09-20 | 1995-01-24 | Steve Novak | Portable spirometer |
DE4332401A1 (en) | 1993-09-23 | 1995-03-30 | Uwatec Ag | Device and method for monitoring a dive |
US5518002A (en) | 1993-10-22 | 1996-05-21 | Medtrac Technologies, Inc. | Portable electronic spirometric device |
DE4422710C1 (en) | 1994-06-29 | 1995-09-14 | Boehringer Ingelheim Kg | Inhaler with storage container for aerosol |
US6390088B1 (en) | 1993-12-13 | 2002-05-21 | Boehringer Ingelheim Kg | Aerosol inhaler |
SE9400487L (en) | 1994-02-14 | 1995-03-13 | Siemens Elema Ab | A ventilator / respirator |
US5591130A (en) | 1994-02-22 | 1997-01-07 | Wolfe Troy Medical, Inc. | Esophageal intubation detector with indicator |
US5487731A (en) | 1994-02-22 | 1996-01-30 | Wolfe Tory Medical, Inc. | Esophageal intubation detector with indicator |
US5582167A (en) | 1994-03-02 | 1996-12-10 | Thomas Jefferson University | Methods and apparatus for reducing tracheal infection using subglottic irrigation, drainage and servoregulation of endotracheal tube cuff pressure |
US5456264A (en) | 1994-03-31 | 1995-10-10 | Universite Laval | Accuracy of breath-by-breath analysis of flow volume loop in identifying flow-limited breathing cycles in patients |
US5507291A (en) | 1994-04-05 | 1996-04-16 | Stirbl; Robert C. | Method and an associated apparatus for remotely determining information as to person's emotional state |
SE503175C2 (en) | 1994-05-06 | 1996-04-15 | Siemens Elema Ab | Safety systems for anesthesia equipment with at least two anesthetic carburetors |
US5704366A (en) | 1994-05-23 | 1998-01-06 | Enact Health Management Systems | System for monitoring and reporting medical measurements |
US5564414A (en) | 1994-05-26 | 1996-10-15 | Walker; William F. | Pressurized and metered medication dose counter on removable sleeve |
JPH0824337A (en) | 1994-07-11 | 1996-01-30 | Masaaki Inoue | High frequency respirator |
US5564432A (en) | 1994-07-13 | 1996-10-15 | Thomson; Ronald A. | Biodegradable air tube and spirometer employing same |
US5606976A (en) | 1994-07-26 | 1997-03-04 | Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Method and apparatus for unifying the ventilation/perfusion and pressure/flow models |
US5683424A (en) | 1994-08-30 | 1997-11-04 | The Ohio State University Research Foundation | Non-invasive monitoring and treatment of subjects in cardiac arrest using ECG parameters predictive of outcome |
US5571142A (en) | 1994-08-30 | 1996-11-05 | The Ohio State University Research Foundation | Non-invasive monitoring and treatment of subjects in cardiac arrest using ECG parameters predictive of outcome |
US5596984A (en) | 1994-09-12 | 1997-01-28 | Puritan-Bennett Corporation | Lung ventilator safety circuit |
DE4436014C2 (en) | 1994-10-08 | 2002-06-20 | Uvo Hoelscher | Medical device with a dosing device |
US5579775A (en) | 1994-10-20 | 1996-12-03 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Dynamic control of a patient monitoring system |
US5495848A (en) | 1994-11-25 | 1996-03-05 | Nellcar Puritan Bennett | Monitoring system for delivery of therapeutic gas |
DE19500529C5 (en) | 1995-01-11 | 2007-11-22 | Dräger Medical AG & Co. KG | Control unit for a ventilator |
US5632281A (en) | 1995-02-06 | 1997-05-27 | Rayburn; Daniel B. | Non-invasive estimation of arterial blood gases |
US5800361A (en) | 1995-02-06 | 1998-09-01 | Ntc Technology Inc. | Non-invasive estimation of arterial blood gases |
US5642735A (en) | 1995-03-16 | 1997-07-01 | Kolbly; Kenneth D. | Temperature sensing device for medical patients with releasable housing |
JP3390802B2 (en) | 1995-03-28 | 2003-03-31 | 日本光電工業株式会社 | Respiration monitor |
US6415792B1 (en) | 1995-04-11 | 2002-07-09 | Schoolman Scientific Corporation | Anesthesia machine with head worn display |
US5730140A (en) | 1995-04-28 | 1998-03-24 | Fitch; William Tecumseh S. | Sonification system using synthesized realistic body sounds modified by other medically-important variables for physiological monitoring |
US5553620A (en) | 1995-05-02 | 1996-09-10 | Acuson Corporation | Interactive goal-directed ultrasound measurement system |
US5809997A (en) | 1995-05-18 | 1998-09-22 | Medtrac Technologies, Inc. | Electronic medication chronolog device |
SE510296C2 (en) | 1995-05-22 | 1999-05-10 | Jerker Delsing | Methods and devices for measuring flow |
US5611335A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1997-03-18 | Makhoul; Imad R. | High-frequency fan ventilator |
US6390977B1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2002-05-21 | Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. | System and methods for measuring oxygenation parameters |
US5634461A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-06-03 | Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. | System for measuring blood oxygen levels |
FI102511B1 (en) | 1995-06-26 | 1998-12-31 | Instrumentarium Oy | Concentration measurement of respiratory air |
SE9502543D0 (en) | 1995-07-10 | 1995-07-10 | Lachmann Burkhardt | Artificial ventilation system |
US5706801A (en) | 1995-07-28 | 1998-01-13 | Caire Inc. | Sensing and communications system for use with oxygen delivery apparatus |
IL114964A (en) | 1995-08-16 | 2000-10-31 | Versamed Medical Systems Ltd | Computer controlled portable ventilator |
US5743267A (en) | 1995-10-19 | 1998-04-28 | Telecom Medical, Inc. | System and method to monitor the heart of a patient |
US5758652A (en) | 1995-10-19 | 1998-06-02 | Nikolic; Serjan D. | System and method to measure the condition of a patients heart |
US5783821A (en) | 1995-11-02 | 1998-07-21 | Costello, Jr.; Leo F. | Pulse oximeter testing |
US5676132A (en) | 1995-12-05 | 1997-10-14 | Pulmonary Interface, Inc. | Pulmonary interface system |
US5931160A (en) | 1995-12-08 | 1999-08-03 | Cardiopulmonary Corporation | Ventilator control system and method |
US6463930B2 (en) | 1995-12-08 | 2002-10-15 | James W. Biondi | System for automatically weaning a patient from a ventilator, and method thereof |
US6158432A (en) | 1995-12-08 | 2000-12-12 | Cardiopulmonary Corporation | Ventilator control system and method |
US6035233A (en) | 1995-12-11 | 2000-03-07 | Intermedics Inc. | Implantable medical device responsive to heart rate variability analysis |
US6148814A (en) | 1996-02-08 | 2000-11-21 | Ihc Health Services, Inc | Method and system for patient monitoring and respiratory assistance control through mechanical ventilation by the use of deterministic protocols |
IL125758A (en) | 1996-02-15 | 2003-07-06 | Biosense Inc | Medical probes with field transducers |
US5676129A (en) | 1996-03-14 | 1997-10-14 | Oneida Research Services, Inc. | Dosage counter for metered dose inhaler (MDI) systems using a miniature pressure sensor |
FR2746656B1 (en) | 1996-03-26 | 1999-05-28 | System Assistance Medical | PRESSURE SENSOR NEBULIZER |
US5669379A (en) | 1996-03-29 | 1997-09-23 | Ohmeda Inc. | Waveform display for medical ventilator |
SE9601611D0 (en) | 1996-04-26 | 1996-04-26 | Siemens Elema Ab | Method for controlling a fan and a fan |
US5839430A (en) | 1996-04-26 | 1998-11-24 | Cama; Joseph | Combination inhaler and peak flow rate meter |
US5692497A (en) | 1996-05-16 | 1997-12-02 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Microprocessor-controlled ventilator system and methods |
US6050940A (en) | 1996-06-17 | 2000-04-18 | Cybernet Systems Corporation | General-purpose medical instrumentation |
US5975081A (en) | 1996-06-21 | 1999-11-02 | Northrop Grumman Corporation | Self-contained transportable life support system |
SE9602913D0 (en) | 1996-08-02 | 1996-08-02 | Siemens Elema Ab | Fan system and method of operating a fan system |
US5687717A (en) | 1996-08-06 | 1997-11-18 | Tremont Medical, Inc. | Patient monitoring system with chassis mounted or remotely operable modules and portable computer |
US5752506A (en) | 1996-08-21 | 1998-05-19 | Bunnell Incorporated | Ventilator system |
AU714071B2 (en) | 1996-09-17 | 1999-12-16 | Biosense, Inc. | Position confirmation with learn and test functions |
US5778874A (en) | 1996-10-02 | 1998-07-14 | Thomas Jefferson University | Anesthesia machine output monitor |
US6168568B1 (en) | 1996-10-04 | 2001-01-02 | Karmel Medical Acoustic Technologies Ltd. | Phonopneumograph system |
US5865174A (en) | 1996-10-29 | 1999-02-02 | The Scott Fetzer Company | Supplemental oxygen delivery apparatus and method |
DE19648935B4 (en) | 1996-11-26 | 2008-05-15 | IMEDOS Intelligente Optische Systeme der Medizin- und Messtechnik GmbH | Device and method for the examination of vessels |
US5921920A (en) | 1996-12-12 | 1999-07-13 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Intensive care information graphical display |
US5884622A (en) | 1996-12-20 | 1999-03-23 | University Of Manitoba | Automatic determination of passive elastic and resistive properties of the respiratory system during assisted mechanical ventilation |
WO1998029790A2 (en) | 1996-12-30 | 1998-07-09 | Imd Soft Ltd. | Medical information system |
US6032119A (en) | 1997-01-16 | 2000-02-29 | Health Hero Network, Inc. | Personalized display of health information |
US9468378B2 (en) | 1997-01-27 | 2016-10-18 | Lawrence A. Lynn | Airway instability detection system and method |
US20060155207A1 (en) | 1997-01-27 | 2006-07-13 | Lynn Lawrence A | System and method for detection of incomplete reciprocation |
US8932227B2 (en) | 2000-07-28 | 2015-01-13 | Lawrence A. Lynn | System and method for CO2 and oximetry integration |
US9042952B2 (en) | 1997-01-27 | 2015-05-26 | Lawrence A. Lynn | System and method for automatic detection of a plurality of SPO2 time series pattern types |
US5957861A (en) | 1997-01-31 | 1999-09-28 | Medtronic, Inc. | Impedance monitor for discerning edema through evaluation of respiratory rate |
US6003070A (en) | 1997-02-25 | 1999-12-14 | Intervvoice Limited Partnership | E-mail system and interface for equipment monitoring and control |
US5827179A (en) | 1997-02-28 | 1998-10-27 | Qrs Diagnostic, Llc | Personal computer card for collection for real-time biological data |
US6159147A (en) | 1997-02-28 | 2000-12-12 | Qrs Diagnostics, Llc | Personal computer card for collection of real-time biological data |
US6712762B1 (en) | 1997-02-28 | 2004-03-30 | Ors Diagnostic, Llc | Personal computer card for collection of real-time biological data |
AU6673498A (en) | 1997-03-10 | 1998-09-29 | Robin Medical Inc. | Method and apparatus for the assessment and display of variability in mechanicalactivity of the heart, and enhancement of ultrasound contrast imaging by variab ility analysis |
DE19733005B4 (en) | 1997-03-12 | 2007-06-21 | Storz Endoskop Gmbh | Device for central monitoring and / or control of at least one device |
US5881723A (en) | 1997-03-14 | 1999-03-16 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Ventilator breath display and graphic user interface |
US6026323A (en) | 1997-03-20 | 2000-02-15 | Polartechnics Limited | Tissue diagnostic system |
US5794612A (en) | 1997-04-02 | 1998-08-18 | Aeromax Technologies, Inc. | MDI device with ultrasound sensor to detect aerosol dispensing |
US6055506A (en) | 1997-04-25 | 2000-04-25 | Unitron Medical Communications, Inc. | Outpatient care data system |
US6125846A (en) | 1997-05-16 | 2000-10-03 | Datex-Ohmeda, Inc. | Purge system for nitric oxide administration apparatus |
US6273088B1 (en) | 1997-06-13 | 2001-08-14 | Sierra Biotechnology Company Lc | Ventilator biofeedback for weaning and assistance |
US5979440A (en) | 1997-06-16 | 1999-11-09 | Sequal Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus to generate liquid ambulatory oxygen from an oxygen concentrator |
CA2617287C (en) | 1997-06-17 | 2011-11-15 | Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited | Respiratory humidification system |
US20070191697A1 (en) | 2006-02-10 | 2007-08-16 | Lynn Lawrence A | System and method for SPO2 instability detection and quantification |
US5924418A (en) | 1997-07-18 | 1999-07-20 | Lewis; John E. | Rebreather system with depth dependent flow control and optimal PO2 de |
US6073110A (en) | 1997-07-22 | 2000-06-06 | Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. | Activity based equipment scheduling method and system |
WO1999004686A1 (en) | 1997-07-22 | 1999-02-04 | Milner John A | Apparatus and method for language translation between patient and caregiver, and for communication with speech deficient patients |
AU9496198A (en) | 1997-09-19 | 1999-04-05 | Respironics, Inc. | Medical ventilator |
US6436053B1 (en) | 1997-10-01 | 2002-08-20 | Boston Medical Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for enhancing patient compliance during inspiration measurements |
US6106481A (en) | 1997-10-01 | 2000-08-22 | Boston Medical Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for enhancing patient compliance during inspiration measurements |
US6099481A (en) | 1997-11-03 | 2000-08-08 | Ntc Technology, Inc. | Respiratory profile parameter determination method and apparatus |
US6192876B1 (en) | 1997-12-12 | 2001-02-27 | Astra Aktiebolag | Inhalation apparatus and method |
US5937854A (en) | 1998-01-06 | 1999-08-17 | Sensormedics Corporation | Ventilator pressure optimization method and apparatus |
US20050139213A1 (en) | 1998-01-14 | 2005-06-30 | Blike George T. | Physiological object displays |
US6743172B1 (en) | 1998-01-14 | 2004-06-01 | Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. | System and method for displaying medical process diagrams |
US6860266B2 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2005-03-01 | Dartmouth-Hitchcock Clinic | Physiological object displays |
US6118847A (en) | 1998-01-15 | 2000-09-12 | Siemens Medical Systems, Inc. | System and method for gated radiotherapy based on physiological inputs |
EP1054622A4 (en) | 1998-02-05 | 2005-09-07 | Healthetech Inc | Metabolic calorimeter employing respiratory gas analysis |
US6370419B2 (en) | 1998-02-20 | 2002-04-09 | University Of Florida | Method and apparatus for triggering an event at a desired point in the breathing cycle |
US6017315A (en) | 1998-02-25 | 2000-01-25 | Respironics, Inc. | Patient monitor and method of using same |
US6544192B2 (en) | 1998-02-25 | 2003-04-08 | Respironics, Inc. | Patient monitor and method of using same |
US7222054B2 (en) | 1998-03-03 | 2007-05-22 | Card Guard Scientific Survival Ltd. | Personal ambulatory wireless health monitor |
US6421650B1 (en) | 1998-03-04 | 2002-07-16 | Goetech Llc | Medication monitoring system and apparatus |
ATE303837T1 (en) | 1998-03-05 | 2005-09-15 | Zivena Inc | LUNG DOSING SYSTEM |
EP1065974A1 (en) | 1998-03-31 | 2001-01-10 | Georges Cornuejols | Device for measuring organism condition |
SE9801175D0 (en) | 1998-04-03 | 1998-04-03 | Innotek Ab | Method and apparatus for optimizing mechanical ventilation based on simulation of the ventilation process after studying the physiology of the respiratory organs |
SE9801427D0 (en) | 1998-04-23 | 1998-04-23 | Siemens Elema Ab | Method for determining at least one parameter and a breathing apparatus |
US6171264B1 (en) | 1998-05-15 | 2001-01-09 | Biosys Ab | Medical measuring system |
US6186956B1 (en) | 1998-05-28 | 2001-02-13 | University Of South Carolina | Method and system for continuously monitoring cardiac output |
US6283923B1 (en) | 1998-05-28 | 2001-09-04 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | System and method for remotely monitoring asthma severity |
US6511426B1 (en) | 1998-06-02 | 2003-01-28 | Acuson Corporation | Medical diagnostic ultrasound system and method for versatile processing |
US7565905B2 (en) | 1998-06-03 | 2009-07-28 | Scott Laboratories, Inc. | Apparatuses and methods for automatically assessing and monitoring a patient's responsiveness |
MXPA00011835A (en) | 1998-06-03 | 2002-10-17 | Scott Lab Inc | Apparatus and method for providing a conscious patient relief from pain and anxiety associated with medical or surgical procedures. |
US6477424B1 (en) | 1998-06-19 | 2002-11-05 | Medtronic, Inc. | Medical management system integrated programming apparatus for communication with an implantable medical device |
US6199550B1 (en) | 1998-08-14 | 2001-03-13 | Bioasyst, L.L.C. | Integrated physiologic sensor system |
SE9802827D0 (en) | 1998-08-25 | 1998-08-25 | Siemens Elema Ab | ventilator |
USRE38533E1 (en) | 1998-09-11 | 2004-06-15 | Life Corporation | Portable emergency oxygen and automatic external defibrillator (AED) therapy system |
US20030062045A1 (en) | 1998-09-18 | 2003-04-03 | Respironics, Inc. | Medical ventilator |
US6155257A (en) | 1998-10-07 | 2000-12-05 | Cprx Llc | Cardiopulmonary resuscitation ventilator and methods |
US6213955B1 (en) | 1998-10-08 | 2001-04-10 | Sleep Solutions, Inc. | Apparatus and method for breath monitoring |
US6597946B2 (en) | 1998-11-09 | 2003-07-22 | Transpharma Ltd. | Electronic card for transdermal drug delivery and analyte extraction |
US6166544A (en) | 1998-11-25 | 2000-12-26 | General Electric Company | MR imaging system with interactive image contrast control |
US6603494B1 (en) | 1998-11-25 | 2003-08-05 | Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company, Llc | Multiple modality interface for imaging systems including remote services over a network |
US6279574B1 (en) | 1998-12-04 | 2001-08-28 | Bunnell, Incorporated | Variable flow and pressure ventilation system |
JP3653660B2 (en) | 1999-01-11 | 2005-06-02 | 富士通株式会社 | Network management method and network management system |
US6162183A (en) | 1999-02-02 | 2000-12-19 | J&J Engineering | Respiration feedback monitor system |
DE19904090C2 (en) | 1999-02-02 | 2003-06-05 | Wolf Gmbh Richard | Method and device for the automatic control and management of medical devices and systems |
US6390091B1 (en) | 1999-02-03 | 2002-05-21 | University Of Florida | Method and apparatus for controlling a medical ventilator |
EP1156846A1 (en) | 1999-02-03 | 2001-11-28 | University Of Florida | Method and apparatus for nullifying the imposed work of breathing |
ES2310511T3 (en) | 1999-02-03 | 2009-01-16 | Mermaid Care A/S | AUTOMATIC ESTIMATOR OF PULMONARY PARAMETERS. |
US9116544B2 (en) | 2008-03-26 | 2015-08-25 | Pierre Bonnat | Method and system for interfacing with an electronic device via respiratory and/or tactual input |
WO2000050914A1 (en) | 1999-02-23 | 2000-08-31 | Medi-Physics, Inc. | Portable system for monitoring the polarization level of a hyperpolarized gas during transport |
US6223744B1 (en) | 1999-03-16 | 2001-05-01 | Multi-Vet Ltd. | Wearable aerosol delivery apparatus |
US6367475B1 (en) | 1999-04-02 | 2002-04-09 | Korr Medical Technologies, Inc. | Respiratory flow meter and methods of use |
US6782888B1 (en) | 1999-04-07 | 2004-08-31 | Event Medical Ltd. | Breathing apparatus |
US6454708B1 (en) | 1999-04-15 | 2002-09-24 | Nexan Limited | Portable remote patient telemonitoring system using a memory card or smart card |
US6416471B1 (en) | 1999-04-15 | 2002-07-09 | Nexan Limited | Portable remote patient telemonitoring system |
US6202642B1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2001-03-20 | Medtrac Technologies, Inc. | Electronic monitoring medication apparatus and method |
US6190326B1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2001-02-20 | Medtrac Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for obtaining patient respiratory data |
US6287264B1 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2001-09-11 | The Trustees Of Tufts College | System for measuring respiratory function |
US6370217B1 (en) | 1999-05-07 | 2002-04-09 | General Electric Company | Volumetric computed tomography system for cardiac imaging |
IL130371A (en) | 1999-06-08 | 2004-06-01 | Oridion Medical Ltd | Capnography waveform interpreter |
SE522908C2 (en) | 1999-05-10 | 2004-03-16 | Aneo Ab | Arrangements for granting a living being an anesthetic condition |
GB2364786B (en) | 1999-05-13 | 2003-12-17 | Colin Dunlop | Motion monitoring apparatus |
AU5200600A (en) | 1999-06-16 | 2001-01-09 | Resmed Limited | Apparatus with automatic respiration monitoring and display |
US6515683B1 (en) | 1999-06-22 | 2003-02-04 | Siemens Energy And Automation | Autoconfiguring graphic interface for controllers having dynamic database structures |
US7433827B2 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2008-10-07 | Visicu, Inc. | System and method for displaying a health status of hospitalized patients |
US7454360B2 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2008-11-18 | Visicu, Inc. | Order evaluation system for use in a healthcare location |
US7395216B2 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2008-07-01 | Visicu, Inc. | Using predictive models to continuously update a treatment plan for a patient in a health care location |
US8175895B2 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2012-05-08 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Remote command center for patient monitoring |
US7315825B2 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2008-01-01 | Visicu, Inc. | Rules-based patient care system for use in healthcare locations |
US7321862B2 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2008-01-22 | Visicu, Inc. | System and method for patient-worn monitoring of patients in geographically dispersed health care locations |
US7256708B2 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2007-08-14 | Visicu, Inc. | Telecommunications network for remote patient monitoring |
US7650291B2 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2010-01-19 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Video visitation system and method for a health care location |
US7454359B2 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2008-11-18 | Visicu, Inc. | System and method for displaying a health status of hospitalized patients |
US6804656B1 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2004-10-12 | Visicu, Inc. | System and method for providing continuous, expert network critical care services from a remote location(s) |
US7475019B2 (en) | 1999-11-18 | 2009-01-06 | Visicu, Inc. | System and method for physician note creation and management |
US7467094B2 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2008-12-16 | Visicu, Inc. | System and method for accounting and billing patients in a hospital environment |
US7991625B2 (en) | 1999-06-23 | 2011-08-02 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | System for providing expert care to a basic care medical facility from a remote location |
DE60020842T2 (en) | 1999-06-30 | 2006-05-18 | University of Florida Research Foundation, Inc., Gainesville | MONITORING SYSTEM FOR VENTILATOR |
US20070000494A1 (en) | 1999-06-30 | 2007-01-04 | Banner Michael J | Ventilator monitor system and method of using same |
US6340348B1 (en) | 1999-07-02 | 2002-01-22 | Acuson Corporation | Contrast agent imaging with destruction pulses in diagnostic medical ultrasound |
US6301497B1 (en) | 1999-07-12 | 2001-10-09 | Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company, Llc | Method and apparatus for magnetic resonance imaging intersecting slices |
CA2314517A1 (en) | 1999-07-26 | 2001-01-26 | Gust H. Bardy | System and method for determining a reference baseline of individual patient status for use in an automated collection and analysis patient care system |
US6221011B1 (en) | 1999-07-26 | 2001-04-24 | Cardiac Intelligence Corporation | System and method for determining a reference baseline of individual patient status for use in an automated collection and analysis patient care system |
US6899684B2 (en) | 1999-08-02 | 2005-05-31 | Healthetech, Inc. | Method of respiratory gas analysis using a metabolic calorimeter |
US6468222B1 (en) | 1999-08-02 | 2002-10-22 | Healthetech, Inc. | Metabolic calorimeter employing respiratory gas analysis |
EP1217942A1 (en) | 1999-09-24 | 2002-07-03 | Healthetech, Inc. | Physiological monitor and associated computation, display and communication unit |
US6440082B1 (en) | 1999-09-30 | 2002-08-27 | Medtronic Physio-Control Manufacturing Corp. | Method and apparatus for using heart sounds to determine the presence of a pulse |
US6557554B1 (en) | 1999-10-29 | 2003-05-06 | Suzuki Motor Corporation | High-frequency oscillation artificial respiration apparatus |
US7225809B1 (en) | 1999-11-01 | 2007-06-05 | Ric Investments, Llc | Method and apparatus for monitoring and controlling a medical device |
EP1227751B1 (en) | 1999-11-09 | 2004-12-29 | Cortex Biophysik GmbH | Mobile ergospirometry system |
US6398728B1 (en) | 1999-11-16 | 2002-06-04 | Cardiac Intelligence Corporation | Automated collection and analysis patient care system and method for diagnosing and monitoring respiratory insufficiency and outcomes thereof |
US7059324B2 (en) | 1999-11-24 | 2006-06-13 | Smiths Medical Asd, Inc. | Positive expiratory pressure device with bypass |
US6776159B2 (en) | 1999-11-24 | 2004-08-17 | Dhd Healthcare Corporation | Positive expiratory pressure device with bypass |
WO2001042895A1 (en) | 1999-12-07 | 2001-06-14 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Method and apparatus for monitoring dynamic systems using n-dimensional representations of critical functions |
US7413546B2 (en) | 1999-12-07 | 2008-08-19 | Univeristy Of Utah Research Foundation | Method and apparatus for monitoring dynamic cardiovascular function using n-dimensional representations of critical functions |
US7654966B2 (en) | 1999-12-07 | 2010-02-02 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Method and apparatus for monitoring dynamic cardiovascular function using n-dimensional representatives of critical functions |
SE9904643D0 (en) | 1999-12-17 | 1999-12-17 | Siemens Elema Ab | Method for assessing pulmonary stress and a breathing apparatus |
GB9929745D0 (en) | 1999-12-17 | 2000-02-09 | Secr Defence | Determining the efficiency of respirators and protective clothing and other improvements |
US6976958B2 (en) | 2000-12-15 | 2005-12-20 | Q-Tec Systems Llc | Method and apparatus for health and disease management combining patient data monitoring with wireless internet connectivity |
US6602191B2 (en) | 1999-12-17 | 2003-08-05 | Q-Tec Systems Llp | Method and apparatus for health and disease management combining patient data monitoring with wireless internet connectivity |
US6629934B2 (en) | 2000-02-02 | 2003-10-07 | Healthetech, Inc. | Indirect calorimeter for medical applications |
GB0003839D0 (en) | 2000-02-19 | 2000-04-05 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Housing for an inhaler |
US6540689B1 (en) | 2000-02-22 | 2003-04-01 | Ntc Technology, Inc. | Methods for accurately, substantially noninvasively determining pulmonary capillary blood flow, cardiac output, and mixed venous carbon dioxide content |
US6553992B1 (en) | 2000-03-03 | 2003-04-29 | Resmed Ltd. | Adjustment of ventilator pressure-time profile to balance comfort and effectiveness |
US6644312B2 (en) | 2000-03-07 | 2003-11-11 | Resmed Limited | Determining suitable ventilator settings for patients with alveolar hypoventilation during sleep |
US6630176B2 (en) | 2000-03-07 | 2003-10-07 | Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Of New York University | Herbal remedies for treating allergies and asthma |
US6459933B1 (en) | 2000-03-09 | 2002-10-01 | Cprx Llc | Remote control arrhythmia analyzer and defibrillator |
US20060150982A1 (en) | 2003-08-05 | 2006-07-13 | Wood Thomas J | Nasal ventilation interface and system |
DE10013093B4 (en) | 2000-03-17 | 2005-12-22 | Inamed Gmbh | Device for the controlled inhalation of therapeutic aerosols |
US20010056358A1 (en) | 2000-03-24 | 2001-12-27 | Bridge Medical, Inc., | Method and apparatus for providing medication administration warnings |
US7099801B1 (en) | 2000-03-27 | 2006-08-29 | Cardiobeat.Com | Medical testing internet server system and method |
IL152300A0 (en) | 2000-04-17 | 2003-05-29 | Vivometrics Inc | Systems and methods for ambulatory monitoring of physiological signs |
CA2407159C (en) | 2000-04-26 | 2010-08-10 | The University Of Manitoba | Method and apparatus for determining respiratory system resistance during assisted ventilation |
BR0110596A (en) | 2000-05-05 | 2005-08-02 | Hill Rom Services Inc | Patient monitoring system, computer system, patient information monitoring system, patient care device, walker device, patient care device, and computer display |
US6355002B1 (en) | 2000-05-22 | 2002-03-12 | Comedica Technologies Incorporated | Lung inflection point monitor apparatus and method |
US6738079B1 (en) | 2000-06-02 | 2004-05-18 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Graphical user interface layout customizer |
US6599252B2 (en) | 2000-06-02 | 2003-07-29 | Respironics, Inc. | Method and apparatus for anatomical deadspace measurement |
US20060122474A1 (en) | 2000-06-16 | 2006-06-08 | Bodymedia, Inc. | Apparatus for monitoring health, wellness and fitness |
US7261690B2 (en) | 2000-06-16 | 2007-08-28 | Bodymedia, Inc. | Apparatus for monitoring health, wellness and fitness |
CA2413148C (en) | 2000-06-23 | 2010-08-24 | Bodymedia, Inc. | System for monitoring health, wellness and fitness |
US6349724B1 (en) | 2000-07-05 | 2002-02-26 | Compumedics Sleep Pty. Ltd. | Dual-pressure blower for positive air pressure device |
US6707476B1 (en) | 2000-07-05 | 2004-03-16 | Ge Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc. | Automatic layout selection for information monitoring system |
EP1309304A2 (en) | 2000-07-14 | 2003-05-14 | Hill-Rom Services, Inc. | Pulmonary therapy apparatus |
US6650346B1 (en) | 2000-07-20 | 2003-11-18 | Ge Medical Technology Services, Inc. | Method and apparatus for classifying equipment in asset management database |
US6390092B1 (en) | 2000-08-07 | 2002-05-21 | Sensormedics Corporation | Device and method for using oscillatory pressure ratio as an indicator for lung opening during high frequency oscillatory ventilation |
US7051736B2 (en) | 2000-08-17 | 2006-05-30 | University Of Florida | Endotracheal tube pressure monitoring system and method of controlling same |
US6450164B1 (en) | 2000-08-17 | 2002-09-17 | Michael J. Banner | Endotracheal tube pressure monitoring system and method of controlling same |
US6533723B1 (en) | 2000-08-25 | 2003-03-18 | Ge Marquette Medical Systems, Inc. | Multiple-link cable management apparatus |
US6435175B1 (en) | 2000-08-29 | 2002-08-20 | Sensormedics Corporation | Pulmonary drug delivery device |
WO2002019897A2 (en) | 2000-09-08 | 2002-03-14 | Wireless Medical, Inc. | Cardiopulmonary monitoring |
AU2001296456A1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2002-04-08 | Healthetech, Inc. | Indirect calorimetry system |
US6744374B1 (en) | 2000-10-02 | 2004-06-01 | Bayerische Motoren Werke Aktiengesellschaft | Setting device with rotating actuator and illuminated index display |
AU1310302A (en) | 2000-10-10 | 2002-04-22 | Univ Utah Res Found | Method and apparatus for monitoring anesthesia drug dosages, concentrations, andeffects using n-dimensional representations of critical functions |
GB0026646D0 (en) | 2000-10-31 | 2000-12-13 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Medicament dispenser |
US20020133061A1 (en) | 2000-11-13 | 2002-09-19 | Manetta Amy M. | System and method for processing ventilator information |
US7165221B2 (en) | 2000-11-13 | 2007-01-16 | Draeger Medical Systems, Inc. | System and method for navigating patient medical information |
JP2004527022A (en) | 2000-11-17 | 2004-09-02 | ドレーガー メディカル システムズ インコーポレイテッド | System and method for providing comments to patient medical information |
EP1384136A2 (en) | 2000-11-17 | 2004-01-28 | Siemens Medical Solutions USA, Inc. | A system and method for processing patient medical information acquired over a plurality of days |
US7039878B2 (en) | 2000-11-17 | 2006-05-02 | Draeger Medical Systems, Inc. | Apparatus for processing and displaying patient medical information |
US7590551B2 (en) | 2000-11-17 | 2009-09-15 | Draeger Medical Systems, Inc. | System and method for processing patient information |
US6760610B2 (en) | 2000-11-23 | 2004-07-06 | Sentec Ag | Sensor and method for measurement of physiological parameters |
US6820614B2 (en) | 2000-12-02 | 2004-11-23 | The Bonutti 2003 Trust -A | Tracheal intubination |
WO2002045566A2 (en) | 2000-12-07 | 2002-06-13 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Automated interpretive medical care system and methodology |
US6512938B2 (en) | 2000-12-12 | 2003-01-28 | Nelson R. Claure | System and method for closed loop controlled inspired oxygen concentration |
US6517497B2 (en) | 2000-12-13 | 2003-02-11 | Ge Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for monitoring respiration using signals from a piezoelectric sensor mounted on a substrate |
US7574368B2 (en) | 2000-12-15 | 2009-08-11 | Ric Investments, Llc | System and method for upgrading a pressure generating system |
WO2002051307A1 (en) | 2000-12-27 | 2002-07-04 | Medic4All Inc. | System and method for automatic monitoring of the health of a user |
US6725077B1 (en) | 2000-12-29 | 2004-04-20 | Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company, Llc | Apparatus and method for just-in-time localization image acquisition |
US6801227B2 (en) | 2001-01-16 | 2004-10-05 | Siemens Medical Solutions Health Services Inc. | System and user interface supporting user navigation and concurrent application operation |
US6656129B2 (en) | 2001-01-18 | 2003-12-02 | Stephen D. Diehl | Flow based incentive spirometer |
US7377276B2 (en) | 2001-01-31 | 2008-05-27 | United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army | Automated inhalation toxicology exposure system and method |
US20060195041A1 (en) | 2002-05-17 | 2006-08-31 | Lynn Lawrence A | Centralized hospital monitoring system for automatically detecting upper airway instability and for preventing and aborting adverse drug reactions |
US6725860B2 (en) | 2001-02-07 | 2004-04-27 | DRäGER MEDIZINTECHNIK GMBH | Monitoring process for metering different gaseous anesthetics |
US6571796B2 (en) | 2001-02-08 | 2003-06-03 | University Of Florida | Tracheal pressure ventilation respiratory system |
DE10107765A1 (en) | 2001-02-17 | 2002-08-29 | Siemens Ag | Process for image processing based on a computed tomography (CT) image of a lung taken using a contrast medium and CT device for carrying out such a process |
US6839753B2 (en) | 2001-02-23 | 2005-01-04 | Cardiopulmonary Corporation | Network monitoring systems for medical devices |
US7040321B2 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2006-05-09 | Microcuff Gmbh | Method for controlling a ventilator, and system therefor |
FR2823660A1 (en) | 2001-04-18 | 2002-10-25 | Pneumopartners | Analysis system for respiratory sounds includes sampling and processing module producing sound parameters for comparison with database |
US6665385B2 (en) | 2001-04-23 | 2003-12-16 | Cardionet, Inc. | Medical monitoring system having multipath communications capability |
US6664893B1 (en) | 2001-04-23 | 2003-12-16 | Cardionet, Inc. | Method for controlling access to medical monitoring device service |
EP1383425A1 (en) | 2001-05-03 | 2004-01-28 | Telzuit Technologies, Inc. | Wireless medical monitoring apparatus and system |
US7051088B2 (en) | 2001-05-14 | 2006-05-23 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Systems and methods for providing off-line backup of a programmable device's configuration data to users of programmable devices at a service location |
DE10123749A1 (en) | 2001-05-16 | 2002-12-12 | Inamed Gmbh | Aerosol delivery device |
US20080143515A1 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2008-06-19 | Colorado Medtech, Inc. | Information technology system for health care environments |
SE0102221D0 (en) | 2001-06-19 | 2001-06-19 | Siemens Elema Ab | Method for assessing pulmonary stress and a breathing apparatus |
US7246618B2 (en) | 2001-06-21 | 2007-07-24 | Nader Maher Habashi | Ventilation method and control of a ventilator based on same |
GB0115528D0 (en) | 2001-06-26 | 2001-08-15 | Really Smart Ideas Ltd | Respiration monitoring equipment |
US6801802B2 (en) | 2001-06-29 | 2004-10-05 | Ge Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc. | System and method for selecting physiological data from a plurality of physiological data sources |
US7380210B2 (en) | 2001-07-20 | 2008-05-27 | Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. | User interface with installment mode |
ATE413203T1 (en) | 2001-07-30 | 2008-11-15 | Imt Medical Ag | VENTILATOR |
US6488629B1 (en) | 2001-07-31 | 2002-12-03 | Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company, Llc | Ultrasound image acquisition with synchronized reference image |
US7154397B2 (en) | 2001-08-03 | 2006-12-26 | Hill Rom Services, Inc. | Patient point-of-care computer system |
US6834647B2 (en) | 2001-08-07 | 2004-12-28 | Datex-Ohmeda, Inc. | Remote control and tactile feedback system for medical apparatus |
US20030130567A1 (en) | 2002-01-09 | 2003-07-10 | Mault James R. | Health-related devices and methods |
US20030130595A1 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2003-07-10 | Mault James R. | Health improvement systems and methods |
US6673018B2 (en) | 2001-08-31 | 2004-01-06 | Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company Llc | Ultrasonic monitoring system and method |
US6824520B2 (en) | 2001-09-21 | 2004-11-30 | Pulmonary Data Services, Inc. | Method and apparatus for tracking usage of a respiratory measurement device |
SE0103182D0 (en) | 2001-09-25 | 2001-09-25 | Siemens Elema Ab | Procedure for lung mechanical examination and respiratory system |
US6575918B2 (en) | 2001-09-27 | 2003-06-10 | Charlotte-Mecklenburg Hospital | Non-invasive device and method for the diagnosis of pulmonary vascular occlusions |
US20050137480A1 (en) | 2001-10-01 | 2005-06-23 | Eckhard Alt | Remote control of implantable device through medical implant communication service band |
US7778709B2 (en) | 2001-10-01 | 2010-08-17 | Medtronic, Inc. | Method and device for using impedance measurements based on electrical energy of the heart |
KR100624403B1 (en) | 2001-10-06 | 2006-09-15 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Human nervous-system-based emotion synthesizing device and method for the same |
CA2496143A1 (en) | 2001-10-12 | 2003-04-17 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Anesthesia drug monitor |
US6923079B1 (en) | 2001-10-31 | 2005-08-02 | Scott S. Snibbe | Recording, transmission and/or playback of data representing an airflow |
JP2005510312A (en) | 2001-11-29 | 2005-04-21 | インパルス ダイナミックス エヌブイ | Method and apparatus for detecting electrical activity of pancreas |
RU2295361C2 (en) | 2001-12-06 | 2007-03-20 | Кардинал Хелс Зоз, Инк | System for performing medical product infusion and carbon dioxide monitoring |
US6708688B1 (en) | 2001-12-11 | 2004-03-23 | Darren Rubin | Metered dosage inhaler system with variable positive pressure settings |
GB0130010D0 (en) | 2001-12-14 | 2002-02-06 | Isis Innovation | Combining measurements from breathing rate sensors |
US6543701B1 (en) | 2001-12-21 | 2003-04-08 | Tung-Huang Ho | Pocket-type ultrasonic atomizer structure |
AU2003210541A1 (en) | 2002-01-09 | 2003-07-30 | Healthetech, Inc. | Health improvement systems and methods |
US20040073453A1 (en) | 2002-01-10 | 2004-04-15 | Nenov Valeriy I. | Method and system for dispensing communication devices to provide access to patient-related information |
US7046254B2 (en) | 2002-01-28 | 2006-05-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | Displaying transparent resource aids |
US20030140928A1 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2003-07-31 | Tuan Bui | Medical treatment verification system and method |
US20030204420A1 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2003-10-30 | Wilkes Gordon J. | Healthcare database management offline backup and synchronization system and method |
US7698156B2 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2010-04-13 | Baxter International Inc. | System and method for identifying data streams associated with medical equipment |
US20040010425A1 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2004-01-15 | Wilkes Gordon J. | System and method for integrating clinical documentation with the point of care treatment of a patient |
US20030141981A1 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2003-07-31 | Tuan Bui | System and method for operating medical devices |
US20030140929A1 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2003-07-31 | Wilkes Gordon J. | Infusion therapy bar coding system and method |
US8775196B2 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2014-07-08 | Baxter International Inc. | System and method for notification and escalation of medical data |
US20030144880A1 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2003-07-31 | Kaivan Talachian | Method and program for creating healthcare facility order types |
US20030204419A1 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2003-10-30 | Wilkes Gordon J. | Automated messaging center system and method for use with a healthcare system |
US8489427B2 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2013-07-16 | Baxter International Inc. | Wireless medical data communication system and method |
US20030141368A1 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2003-07-31 | Florante Pascual | System and method for obtaining information from a bar code for use with a healthcare system |
US20030204414A1 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2003-10-30 | Wilkes Gordon J. | System and method for facilitating patient care and treatment |
US20030144881A1 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2003-07-31 | Kaivan Talachian | Method and program for identifying multiple diluent solutions for use in drug delivery with a healthcare system |
US20030144882A1 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2003-07-31 | Kaivan Talachian | Method and program for providing a maximum concentration of a drug additive in a solution |
US20030144878A1 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2003-07-31 | Wilkes Gordon J. | System and method for providing multiple units of measure |
US20040122294A1 (en) | 2002-12-18 | 2004-06-24 | John Hatlestad | Advanced patient management with environmental data |
US7500481B2 (en) | 2002-03-08 | 2009-03-10 | Kaerys S.A. | Apparatus to assist a patient's breathing with a variable ramp period to rise to treatment pressure |
US7438073B2 (en) | 2002-03-08 | 2008-10-21 | Kaerys S.A. | Air assistance apparatus for computing the airflow provided by only means of pressure sensors |
US7448383B2 (en) | 2002-03-08 | 2008-11-11 | Kaerys, S.A. | Air assistance apparatus providing fast rise and fall of pressure within one patient's breath |
WO2003083767A2 (en) | 2002-03-27 | 2003-10-09 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Infrared touchframe system |
US7094208B2 (en) | 2002-04-03 | 2006-08-22 | Illinois Institute Of Technology | Spirometer |
US7182083B2 (en) | 2002-04-03 | 2007-02-27 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | CT integrated respiratory monitor |
US20030208465A1 (en) | 2002-04-12 | 2003-11-06 | Respironics, Inc. | Method for managing medical information and medical information management system |
US6830046B2 (en) | 2002-04-29 | 2004-12-14 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Metered dose inhaler |
US20050065817A1 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2005-03-24 | Mihai Dan M. | Separation of validated information and functions in a healthcare system |
US20030204416A1 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2003-10-30 | Sayeh Radpay | System and method for facilitating time-based infusion orders |
US20030222548A1 (en) | 2002-05-31 | 2003-12-04 | Richardson William R. | Storage device for health care facility |
US20040167465A1 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2004-08-26 | Mihai Dan M. | System and method for medical device authentication |
US20040176667A1 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2004-09-09 | Mihai Dan M. | Method and system for medical device connectivity |
US20040172301A1 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2004-09-02 | Mihai Dan M. | Remote multi-purpose user interface for a healthcare system |
US20030201697A1 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2003-10-30 | Richardson William R. | Storage device for health care facility |
US20040167804A1 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2004-08-26 | Simpson Thomas L.C. | Medical data communication notification and messaging system and method |
US8234128B2 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2012-07-31 | Baxter International, Inc. | System and method for verifying medical device operational parameters |
US20050055242A1 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2005-03-10 | Bryan Bello | System and method for medical data tracking, analysis and reporting for healthcare system |
US20040172300A1 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2004-09-02 | Mihai Dan M. | Method and system for integrating data flows |
DE10221642B4 (en) | 2002-05-15 | 2009-10-08 | Siemens Ag | Method and control device for controlling a tomographic image recording device |
US7128578B2 (en) | 2002-05-29 | 2006-10-31 | University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. | Interactive simulation of a pneumatic system |
US20040078231A1 (en) | 2002-05-31 | 2004-04-22 | Wilkes Gordon J. | System and method for facilitating and administering treatment to a patient, including clinical decision making, order workflow and integration of clinical documentation |
GB2389290B (en) | 2002-05-31 | 2005-11-23 | Qinetiq Ltd | Data analysis system |
SE0201854D0 (en) | 2002-06-18 | 2002-06-18 | Siemens Elema Ab | Medical ventilation |
US20040059604A1 (en) | 2002-07-29 | 2004-03-25 | Zaleski John R. | Patient medical parameter acquisition and distribution system |
DE10234923A1 (en) | 2002-07-31 | 2004-02-19 | BSH Bosch und Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH | Rotary selector switch for controlling different program sequences of electrical appliance has rotatable operating element and cooperating magnetic field sensor providing angular position codings |
CN100420426C (en) | 2002-08-08 | 2008-09-24 | 斯科特实验室公司 | Resuscitation kit system and method and pre-use protocols for a sedation and analgesia system |
CN100455255C (en) | 2002-08-09 | 2009-01-28 | 因特尔丘尔有限公司 | Generalized metronome for modification of biorhythmic activity |
US20050288571A1 (en) | 2002-08-20 | 2005-12-29 | Welch Allyn, Inc. | Mobile medical workstation |
US7891353B2 (en) | 2002-08-29 | 2011-02-22 | Resmed Paris | Breathing assistance device with several secure respirator modes and associated method |
US6822223B2 (en) | 2002-08-29 | 2004-11-23 | Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. | Method, system and device for performing quantitative analysis using an FTMS |
US7223965B2 (en) | 2002-08-29 | 2007-05-29 | Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. | Method, system, and device for optimizing an FTMS variable |
BRPI0313823B8 (en) | 2002-08-30 | 2021-06-22 | Univ Florida | method and apparatus for predicting the work of breathing |
US7294105B1 (en) | 2002-09-03 | 2007-11-13 | Cheetah Omni, Llc | System and method for a wireless medical communication system |
US7682312B2 (en) | 2002-09-20 | 2010-03-23 | Advanced Circulatory Systems, Inc. | System for sensing, diagnosing and treating physiological conditions and methods |
US7322352B2 (en) | 2002-09-21 | 2008-01-29 | Aventis Pharma Limited | Inhaler |
BR0315229A (en) | 2002-10-09 | 2005-08-30 | Bodymedia Inc | Apparatus for detecting, receiving, derived from, and presenting human physiological and contextual information. |
KR20050072435A (en) | 2002-10-09 | 2005-07-11 | 컴퓨메딕스 리미티드 | Method and apparatus for maintaining and monitoring sleep quality during therapeutic treatments |
AU2002951984A0 (en) | 2002-10-10 | 2002-10-31 | Compumedics Limited | Sleep quality and auto cpap awakening |
AU2003277435A1 (en) | 2002-10-11 | 2004-05-04 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Bymixer apparatus and method for fast-response, adjustable measurement of mixed gas fractions in ventilation circuits |
US7089927B2 (en) | 2002-10-23 | 2006-08-15 | New York University | System and method for guidance of anesthesia, analgesia and amnesia |
GB0226522D0 (en) | 2002-11-14 | 2002-12-18 | Nutren Technology Ltd | Improvements in and relating to breath measurement |
SE0203430D0 (en) | 2002-11-20 | 2002-11-20 | Siemens Elema Ab | Anesthesia apparatus |
SE0203431D0 (en) | 2002-11-20 | 2002-11-20 | Siemens Elema Ab | Method for assessing pulmonary stress and a breathing apparatus |
US7116810B2 (en) | 2002-11-27 | 2006-10-03 | General Electric Company | Method and system for airway measurement |
US7252640B2 (en) | 2002-12-04 | 2007-08-07 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Detection of disordered breathing |
US7490085B2 (en) | 2002-12-18 | 2009-02-10 | Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company, Llc | Computer-assisted data processing system and method incorporating automated learning |
US7187790B2 (en) | 2002-12-18 | 2007-03-06 | Ge Medical Systems Global Technology Company, Llc | Data processing and feedback method and system |
US6951541B2 (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2005-10-04 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Medical imaging device with digital audio capture capability |
GB2396426B (en) | 2002-12-21 | 2005-08-24 | Draeger Medical Ag | Artificial respiration system |
US7154398B2 (en) | 2003-01-06 | 2006-12-26 | Chen Thomas C H | Wireless communication and global location enabled intelligent health monitoring system |
US7844657B2 (en) | 2003-01-17 | 2010-11-30 | Storz Endoskop Produktions Gmbh | System for controlling medical devices |
US7464339B2 (en) | 2003-01-31 | 2008-12-09 | Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. | Method and device for upgrading a building control system |
US6956572B2 (en) | 2003-02-10 | 2005-10-18 | Siemens Medical Solutions Health Services Corporation | Patient medical parameter user interface system |
US6954702B2 (en) | 2003-02-21 | 2005-10-11 | Ric Investments, Inc. | Gas monitoring system and sidestream gas measurement system adapted to communicate with a mainstream gas measurement system |
KR101124007B1 (en) | 2003-03-04 | 2012-03-23 | 노턴 헬스케어 리미티드 | A medicament inhaler assembly |
US7062251B2 (en) | 2003-03-05 | 2006-06-13 | University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc., | Managing critical care physiologic data using data synthesis technology (DST) |
US7300418B2 (en) | 2003-03-10 | 2007-11-27 | Siemens Medical Solutions Health Services Corporation | Healthcare system supporting multiple network connected fluid administration pumps |
WO2004080516A1 (en) | 2003-03-14 | 2004-09-23 | Yrt Limited | Improved synchrony between end of ventilator cycles and end of patient efforts during assisted ventilation |
US6932767B2 (en) | 2003-03-20 | 2005-08-23 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Diagnostic medical ultrasound system having a pipes and filters architecture |
US6733449B1 (en) | 2003-03-20 | 2004-05-11 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | System and method for real-time streaming of ultrasound data to a diagnostic medical ultrasound streaming application |
US8292811B2 (en) | 2003-03-20 | 2012-10-23 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Advanced application framework system and method for use with a diagnostic medical ultrasound streaming application |
US7171606B2 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2007-01-30 | Wegener Communications, Inc. | Software download control system, apparatus and method |
US6910481B2 (en) | 2003-03-28 | 2005-06-28 | Ric Investments, Inc. | Pressure support compliance monitoring system |
US6947780B2 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2005-09-20 | Dolphin Medical, Inc. | Auditory alarms for physiological data monitoring |
US7047092B2 (en) | 2003-04-08 | 2006-05-16 | Coraccess Systems | Home automation contextual user interface |
US20040150525A1 (en) | 2003-04-15 | 2004-08-05 | Wilson E. Jane | Material tracking, monitoring and management systems and methods |
US6828910B2 (en) | 2003-04-16 | 2004-12-07 | Ge Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus for monitoring gas concentrations |
WO2004095179A2 (en) | 2003-04-18 | 2004-11-04 | Medical Interactive Corporation | Integrated point-of-care systems and methods |
WO2004096333A1 (en) | 2003-04-22 | 2004-11-11 | Medi-Physics, Inc. | Mri/nmr-compatible, tidal volume control and measurement systems, methods, and devices for respiratory and hyperpolarized gas delivery |
US20040224293A1 (en) | 2003-05-08 | 2004-11-11 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Worker specific health and safety training |
US7311665B2 (en) | 2003-05-19 | 2007-12-25 | Alcohol Monitoring Systems, Inc. | Bio-information sensor monitoring system and method |
US7362341B2 (en) | 2003-06-02 | 2008-04-22 | Microsoft Corporation | System and method for customizing the visual layout of screen display areas |
US7282032B2 (en) | 2003-06-03 | 2007-10-16 | Miller Thomas P | Portable respiratory diagnostic device |
US7717112B2 (en) | 2003-06-04 | 2010-05-18 | Jianguo Sun | Positive airway pressure therapy management module |
CA2470217A1 (en) | 2003-06-06 | 2004-12-06 | Ameriflo, Inc. | Lighted fluid flow indication apparatus |
US7228323B2 (en) | 2003-06-10 | 2007-06-05 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | HIS data compression |
US7367955B2 (en) | 2003-06-13 | 2008-05-06 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Combined laser spirometer motion tracking system for radiotherapy |
SE0301767D0 (en) | 2003-06-18 | 2003-06-18 | Siemens Elema Ab | User interface for a medical ventilator |
AU2003903139A0 (en) | 2003-06-20 | 2003-07-03 | Resmed Limited | Breathable gas apparatus with humidifier |
FR2856930B1 (en) | 2003-07-04 | 2007-09-07 | Saime Sarl | MODULAR TURBINE BREATHING AIDING DEVICE. |
US20050054910A1 (en) | 2003-07-14 | 2005-03-10 | Sunnybrook And Women's College Health Sciences Centre | Optical image-based position tracking for magnetic resonance imaging applications |
US8795168B2 (en) | 2003-07-17 | 2014-08-05 | Cadi Scientific Pte Ltd. | Method and system for capturing and monitoring a physiological parameter and movement within an area of at least one person |
US20050055244A1 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2005-03-10 | Janet Mullan | Wireless medical communication system and method |
ES2592262T3 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2016-11-29 | Carefusion 203, Inc. | Portable respirator system |
US20050112013A1 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2005-05-26 | Pulmonetic Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for reducing noise in a roots-type blower |
US8118024B2 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2012-02-21 | Carefusion 203, Inc. | Mechanical ventilation system utilizing bias valve |
US8156937B2 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2012-04-17 | Carefusion 203, Inc. | Portable ventilator system |
US7527053B2 (en) | 2003-08-04 | 2009-05-05 | Cardinal Health 203, Inc. | Method and apparatus for attenuating compressor noise |
EP1661595B1 (en) | 2003-08-14 | 2019-04-10 | Teijin Pharma Limited | Oxygen enrichment device |
US7364547B2 (en) | 2003-09-18 | 2008-04-29 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Use of external respiratory therapy device to detect cardiac electrical activity |
US20070185390A1 (en) | 2003-08-19 | 2007-08-09 | Welch Allyn, Inc. | Information workflow for a medical diagnostic workstation |
US6931269B2 (en) | 2003-08-27 | 2005-08-16 | Datex-Ohmeda, Inc. | Multi-domain motion estimation and plethysmographic recognition using fuzzy neural-nets |
US7172557B1 (en) | 2003-08-29 | 2007-02-06 | Caldyne, Inc. | Spirometer, display and method |
US7241269B2 (en) | 2003-09-02 | 2007-07-10 | Respiratory Management Technology | Apparatus and method for delivery of an aerosol |
JP4698589B2 (en) | 2003-09-04 | 2011-06-08 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ | Apparatus and method for displaying ultrasound image of blood vessel |
US7169112B2 (en) | 2003-09-10 | 2007-01-30 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army | Non-contact respiration monitor |
US7343917B2 (en) | 2003-09-22 | 2008-03-18 | Resmed Limited | Clear cycle for ventilation device |
US20050108057A1 (en) | 2003-09-24 | 2005-05-19 | Michal Cohen | Medical device management system including a clinical system interface |
US20060149589A1 (en) | 2005-01-03 | 2006-07-06 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | System and method for clinical workforce management interface |
US8000978B2 (en) | 2003-10-06 | 2011-08-16 | Cerner Innovation, Inc. | System and method for automatically generating evidence-based assignment of care providers to patients |
US8467876B2 (en) | 2003-10-15 | 2013-06-18 | Rmx, Llc | Breathing disorder detection and therapy delivery device and method |
US7496400B2 (en) | 2003-10-17 | 2009-02-24 | Ge Healthcare Finland Oy | Sensor arrangement |
EP2639723A1 (en) | 2003-10-20 | 2013-09-18 | Zoll Medical Corporation | Portable medical information device with dynamically configurable user interface |
WO2005050525A1 (en) | 2003-11-12 | 2005-06-02 | Draeger Medical Systems, Inc. | A healthcare processing device and display system |
JP2007521849A (en) | 2003-11-12 | 2007-08-09 | ドレーガー メディカル システムズ インコーポレイテッド | Modular medical care system |
JP2007519431A (en) | 2003-11-13 | 2007-07-19 | ドレーガー メディカル システムズ インコーポレイテッド | Processing device and display system |
US7552731B2 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2009-06-30 | Remcore, Inc. | Remote control gas regulation system |
AU2004296821B2 (en) | 2003-12-05 | 2011-05-12 | Carefusion 303, Inc. | Patient-controlled analgesia with patient monitoring system |
US7220230B2 (en) | 2003-12-05 | 2007-05-22 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Pressure-based system and method for determining cardiac stroke volume |
US7452333B2 (en) | 2003-12-05 | 2008-11-18 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Arterial pressure-based, automatic determination of a cardiovascular parameter |
US7422562B2 (en) | 2003-12-05 | 2008-09-09 | Edwards Lifesciences | Real-time measurement of ventricular stroke volume variations by continuous arterial pulse contour analysis |
US7100530B2 (en) | 2003-12-15 | 2006-09-05 | Trudell Medical International, Inc. | Dose indicating device |
US6997185B2 (en) | 2003-12-17 | 2006-02-14 | Tai-Kang Han | Adjustable auxiliary apparatus of stable air conditioning for human respiratory system |
KR100575153B1 (en) | 2004-01-19 | 2006-04-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display system |
US20080045844A1 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2008-02-21 | Ronen Arbel | Method and system for cardiovascular system diagnosis |
US7771364B2 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2010-08-10 | Spirocor Ltd. | Method and system for cardiovascular system diagnosis |
EP1711102A4 (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2009-11-04 | Spirocor Ltd | Method and system for cardiovascular system diagnosis |
US20050171876A1 (en) | 2004-02-02 | 2005-08-04 | Patrick Golden | Wireless asset management system |
US7033323B2 (en) | 2004-02-04 | 2006-04-25 | Deepbreeze Ltd. | Method and system for analyzing respiratory tract air flow |
US7314451B2 (en) | 2005-04-25 | 2008-01-01 | Earlysense Ltd. | Techniques for prediction and monitoring of clinical episodes |
US20060080140A1 (en) | 2004-02-09 | 2006-04-13 | Epic Systems Corporation | System and method for providing a clinical summary of patient information in various health care settings |
CA2555807A1 (en) | 2004-02-12 | 2005-08-25 | Biopeak Corporation | Non-invasive method and apparatus for determining a physiological parameter |
US8725244B2 (en) | 2004-03-16 | 2014-05-13 | Medtronic, Inc. | Determination of sleep quality for neurological disorders |
US20070276439A1 (en) | 2004-03-16 | 2007-11-29 | Medtronic, Inc. | Collecting sleep quality information via a medical device |
US20050215904A1 (en) | 2004-03-23 | 2005-09-29 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Ultrasound breathing waveform detection system and method |
US7383148B2 (en) | 2004-03-25 | 2008-06-03 | Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for graphically displaying a building system |
US7512450B2 (en) | 2004-03-25 | 2009-03-31 | Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for generating a building system model |
US7548833B2 (en) | 2004-03-25 | 2009-06-16 | Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for graphical display of a condition in a building system with a mobile display unit |
DE102004025200A1 (en) | 2004-05-22 | 2005-12-22 | Weinmann Geräte für Medizin GmbH & Co. KG | Device for detecting the severity of a disease and method for controlling a detection device |
US7310720B2 (en) | 2004-06-08 | 2007-12-18 | Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. | Method for portable PLC configurations |
US7512593B2 (en) | 2004-06-08 | 2009-03-31 | Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. | System for searching across a PLC network |
US7308550B2 (en) | 2004-06-08 | 2007-12-11 | Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. | System for portable PLC configurations |
US9492084B2 (en) | 2004-06-18 | 2016-11-15 | Adidas Ag | Systems and methods for monitoring subjects in potential physiological distress |
AU2005265092B2 (en) | 2004-06-18 | 2012-03-15 | Adidas Ag | Systems and methods for real-time physiological monitoring |
US7562657B2 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2009-07-21 | Convergent Engineering, Inc. | Method and apparatus for non-invasive prediction of intrinsic positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEPi) in patients receiving ventilator support |
JP3839839B2 (en) | 2004-06-25 | 2006-11-01 | 株式会社セブンスディメンジョンデザイン | Medical image management system and medical image management method |
US20060009862A1 (en) | 2004-06-28 | 2006-01-12 | Raphael Imhof | Method and apparatus for accessing a building system model |
CA2574642A1 (en) | 2004-07-23 | 2006-01-26 | Intercure Ltd. | Apparatus and method for breathing pattern determination using a non-contact microphone |
DE102004036879B3 (en) | 2004-07-29 | 2005-07-21 | Dräger Medical AG & Co. KGaA | Controlling apparatus for respiration or anaesthesia using combined input and display unit, includes rotary-selector press-switch for entry of settings and acknowledgment |
DE102004039711B3 (en) | 2004-08-17 | 2006-05-11 | Dräger Medical AG & Co. KG | Method for automatic recording of pressure-volume curves in artificial respiration and apparatus for carrying out the method |
US7387610B2 (en) | 2004-08-19 | 2008-06-17 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Thoracic impedance detection with blood resistivity compensation |
WO2007001342A2 (en) | 2004-08-20 | 2007-01-04 | University Of Virginia Patent Foundation | Exhaled breath condensate collection and assay system and method |
US20060047202A1 (en) | 2004-09-02 | 2006-03-02 | Elliott Stephen B | Method and system of breathing therapy for reducing sympathetic predominance with consequent positive modification of hypertension |
US9820658B2 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2017-11-21 | Bao Q. Tran | Systems and methods for providing interoperability among healthcare devices |
US7469698B1 (en) | 2004-09-14 | 2008-12-30 | Winthrop De Childers | Parameter optimization in sleep apnea treatment apparatus |
US7543582B2 (en) | 2004-09-20 | 2009-06-09 | Trudell Medical International | Dose indicating device with display elements attached to container |
WO2006037184A1 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2006-04-13 | Resmed Limited | Method and apparatus for non-invasive monitoring of respiratory parameters in sleep disordered breathing |
US20060078867A1 (en) | 2004-10-08 | 2006-04-13 | Mark Penny | System supporting acquisition and processing of user entered information |
EP1645983A1 (en) | 2004-10-08 | 2006-04-12 | Draeger Medical Systems, Inc. | Medical data acquisition system |
DE102004050717B8 (en) | 2004-10-19 | 2006-02-23 | Dräger Medical AG & Co. KGaA | anesthesia machine |
WO2006050388A2 (en) | 2004-11-02 | 2006-05-11 | The Children's Hospital Of Philadelphia | Respiratory volume/flow gating, monitoring, and spirometry system for mri |
US7278579B2 (en) | 2004-11-12 | 2007-10-09 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Patient information management system |
EP1814437A1 (en) | 2004-11-15 | 2007-08-08 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Ambulatory medical telemetry device having an audio indicator |
US20060229822A1 (en) | 2004-11-23 | 2006-10-12 | Daniel Theobald | System, method, and software for automated detection of predictive events |
US7832394B2 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2010-11-16 | Schechter Alan M | Apparatus for dispensing pressurized contents |
US7836882B1 (en) | 2005-01-07 | 2010-11-23 | Vetland Medical Sales And Services Llc | Electronic anesthesia delivery apparatus |
WO2006078432A2 (en) | 2005-01-18 | 2006-07-27 | Cyberkinetics Neurotechnology Systems, Inc. | Biological interface system with automated configuration |
EP1844369A2 (en) | 2005-01-24 | 2007-10-17 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | System and method of configuring a control system for a plurality of devices |
JP2006204742A (en) | 2005-01-31 | 2006-08-10 | Konica Minolta Sensing Inc | Method and system for evaluating sleep, its operation program, pulse oxymeter, and system for supporting sleep |
US20060178911A1 (en) | 2005-02-10 | 2006-08-10 | Iqbal Syed | System and user interface for providing patient status and care setting information |
DE102005007284B3 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2006-02-16 | Dräger Medical AG & Co. KGaA | Respiration system with maximum possible flexibility of servicing, with remote control coupled to breathing system via separate data lines for display and service data respectively, |
AU2006218595A1 (en) | 2005-03-02 | 2006-09-08 | Spacelabs Medical | Trending display of patient wellness |
US7438072B2 (en) | 2005-03-02 | 2008-10-21 | Izuchukwu John I | Portable field anesthesia machine and control therefore |
US8956292B2 (en) | 2005-03-02 | 2015-02-17 | Spacelabs Healthcare Llc | Trending display of patient wellness |
ES2414869T3 (en) | 2005-03-08 | 2013-07-23 | Activaero Gmbh | Inhalation device |
US20090209828A1 (en) | 2005-03-09 | 2009-08-20 | Ramil Faritovich Musin | Method and device microcalorimetrically measuring a tissue local metabolism speed, intracellular tissue water content, blood biochemical component concentration and a cardio-vascular system tension |
US7625345B2 (en) | 2005-03-14 | 2009-12-01 | Welch Allyn, Inc. | Motivational spirometry system and method |
US7504954B2 (en) | 2005-03-17 | 2009-03-17 | Spaeder Jeffrey A | Radio frequency identification pharmaceutical tracking system and method |
US7859401B2 (en) | 2005-03-22 | 2010-12-28 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Addressing scheme for smart wireless medical sensor networks |
US20060264762A1 (en) | 2005-03-28 | 2006-11-23 | Ric Investments, Llc. | PC-based physiologic monitor and system for resolving apnea episodes during sedation |
EP3539463A1 (en) | 2005-04-14 | 2019-09-18 | Hidalgo Limited | Apparatus and system for monitoring |
US7603170B2 (en) | 2005-04-26 | 2009-10-13 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Calibration of impedance monitoring of respiratory volumes using thoracic D.C. impedance |
US20060249151A1 (en) | 2005-05-03 | 2006-11-09 | China Resource Group, Inc. | Ventilator with rescuer and victim guidance |
US7630755B2 (en) | 2005-05-04 | 2009-12-08 | Cardiac Pacemakers Inc. | Syncope logbook and method of using same |
ITRM20050217A1 (en) | 2005-05-06 | 2006-11-07 | Ginevri S R L | PROCEDURE FOR NASAL VENTILATION AND ITS APPARATUS, IN PARTICULAR FOR NEONATAL FLOW-SYNCHRONIZED ASSISTED VENTILATION. |
US9089275B2 (en) | 2005-05-11 | 2015-07-28 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Sensitivity and specificity of pulmonary edema detection when using transthoracic impedance |
ITMI20050866A1 (en) | 2005-05-13 | 2006-11-14 | Marco Ranucci | MONITORING SYSTEM FOR CARDIAC SURGERY INTERVENTIONS WITH CARDIOPOLMONARY BYPASS |
NZ540250A (en) | 2005-05-20 | 2008-04-30 | Nexus6 Ltd | Reminder alarm for inhaler with variable and selectable ring tone alarms |
US7527054B2 (en) | 2005-05-24 | 2009-05-05 | General Electric Company | Apparatus and method for controlling fraction of inspired oxygen |
GB0510951D0 (en) | 2005-05-27 | 2005-07-06 | Laryngeal Mask Company The Ltd | Laryngeal mask airway device |
US7310551B1 (en) | 2005-06-02 | 2007-12-18 | Pacesetter, Inc. | Diagnostic gauge for cardiac health analysis |
US7658188B2 (en) | 2005-06-06 | 2010-02-09 | Artivent Corporation | Volume-adjustable manual ventilation device |
US8677994B2 (en) | 2005-06-08 | 2014-03-25 | Dräger Medical GmbH | Multipart medical engineering system |
US8496001B2 (en) | 2005-06-08 | 2013-07-30 | Dräger Medical GmbH | Process and device for the automatic identification of breathing tubes |
WO2006131850A2 (en) | 2005-06-09 | 2006-12-14 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Method and apparatus for distinguishing between clinically significant changes and artifacts in patient physiological information |
CA2674593A1 (en) | 2005-06-13 | 2006-12-28 | The University Of Vermont And State Agricultural College | Breath biofeedback system and method |
JP4375288B2 (en) | 2005-06-23 | 2009-12-02 | コニカミノルタビジネステクノロジーズ株式会社 | User interface device, user interface device control method, and user interface device control program |
US20070016441A1 (en) | 2005-06-27 | 2007-01-18 | Richard Stroup | System and method for collecting, organizing, and presenting visit-oriented medical information |
US20070157931A1 (en) | 2005-07-11 | 2007-07-12 | Richard Parker | System and method for optimized delivery of an aerosol to the respiratory tract |
US7895527B2 (en) | 2005-07-15 | 2011-02-22 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Systems, user interfaces, and methods for processing medical data |
DE102006012727A1 (en) | 2005-07-19 | 2007-01-25 | Weinmann Geräte für Medizin GmbH & Co. KG | Breathing apparatus has operating data memory and gas source control with storage during automatic or manually controlled pausing for eating and drinking |
US7958892B2 (en) | 2005-07-29 | 2011-06-14 | Resmed Limited | Air delivery system |
US7487774B2 (en) | 2005-08-05 | 2009-02-10 | The General Electric Company | Adaptive patient trigger threshold detection |
US7650181B2 (en) | 2005-09-14 | 2010-01-19 | Zoll Medical Corporation | Synchronization of repetitive therapeutic interventions |
US8992436B2 (en) | 2005-09-16 | 2015-03-31 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Respiration monitoring using respiration rate variability |
US7731663B2 (en) | 2005-09-16 | 2010-06-08 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | System and method for generating a trend parameter based on respiration rate distribution |
US20070062532A1 (en) | 2005-09-21 | 2007-03-22 | Choncholas Gary J | Apparatus and method for identifying optimal PEEP |
US20070062533A1 (en) | 2005-09-21 | 2007-03-22 | Choncholas Gary J | Apparatus and method for identifying FRC and PEEP characteristics |
US7530353B2 (en) | 2005-09-21 | 2009-05-12 | The General Electric Company | Apparatus and method for determining and displaying functional residual capacity data and related parameters of ventilated patients |
US7956719B2 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2011-06-07 | Siemens Industry Inc. | Building control system communication system timing measurement arrangement and method |
US8545416B1 (en) | 2005-11-04 | 2013-10-01 | Cleveland Medical Devices Inc. | Integrated diagnostic and therapeutic system and method for improving treatment of subject with complex and central sleep apnea |
US8172766B1 (en) | 2005-11-04 | 2012-05-08 | Cleveland Medical Devices Inc. | Integrated sleep diagnosis and treatment device and method |
US8882747B2 (en) | 2005-11-09 | 2014-11-11 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Substance delivery system |
US20070123792A1 (en) | 2005-11-17 | 2007-05-31 | Charlotte-Mecklenburg Hospital Authority D/B/A Carolinas Medical Center | System and method for determining airway obstruction |
US8025052B2 (en) | 2005-11-21 | 2011-09-27 | Ric Investments, Llc | System and method of monitoring respiratory events |
TW200719866A (en) | 2005-11-28 | 2007-06-01 | Zen U Biotechnology Co Ltd | Method of measuring blood circulation velocity by controlling breath |
EP3300757B1 (en) | 2005-12-21 | 2019-07-17 | ResMed Pty Ltd | Identification system and method for mask and ventilator components |
US8532737B2 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2013-09-10 | Miguel Angel Cervantes | Real-time video based automated mobile sleep monitoring using state inference |
US8015972B2 (en) | 2006-01-03 | 2011-09-13 | Shahzad Pirzada | System, device and process for remotely controlling a medical device |
US20070156456A1 (en) | 2006-01-04 | 2007-07-05 | Siemens Medical Solutions Health Services Corporation | System for Monitoring Healthcare Related Activity In A Healthcare Enterprise |
US7678063B2 (en) | 2006-01-06 | 2010-03-16 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Motion monitor system for use with imaging systems |
WO2007144767A2 (en) | 2006-02-02 | 2007-12-21 | Be Eri Eliezer | A respiratory apparatus |
US7668579B2 (en) | 2006-02-10 | 2010-02-23 | Lynn Lawrence A | System and method for the detection of physiologic response to stimulation |
US8155767B2 (en) | 2006-03-03 | 2012-04-10 | Siemens Industry, Inc. | Remote building control data display with automatic updates |
US8460223B2 (en) | 2006-03-15 | 2013-06-11 | Hill-Rom Services Pte. Ltd. | High frequency chest wall oscillation system |
EP2007461A4 (en) | 2006-03-15 | 2014-10-22 | Hill Rom Services Pte Ltd | High frequency chest wall oscillation system |
US7671733B2 (en) | 2006-03-17 | 2010-03-02 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Method and system for medical alarm monitoring, reporting and normalization |
US7810497B2 (en) | 2006-03-20 | 2010-10-12 | Ric Investments, Llc | Ventilatory control system |
JP2007265032A (en) | 2006-03-28 | 2007-10-11 | Fujifilm Corp | Information display device, information display system and information display method |
US7736132B2 (en) | 2006-04-03 | 2010-06-15 | Respironics Oxytec, Inc. | Compressors and methods for use |
US8021310B2 (en) | 2006-04-21 | 2011-09-20 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Work of breathing display for a ventilation system |
US7912537B2 (en) | 2006-04-27 | 2011-03-22 | Medtronic, Inc. | Telemetry-synchronized physiological monitoring and therapy delivery systems |
US20070271122A1 (en) | 2006-05-02 | 2007-11-22 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Patient Video and Audio Monitoring System |
US7909033B2 (en) | 2006-05-03 | 2011-03-22 | Comedica Incorporated | Breathing treatment apparatus |
US20070272241A1 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2007-11-29 | Sanborn Warren G | System and Method for Scheduling Pause Maneuvers Used for Estimating Elastance and/or Resistance During Breathing |
US7980245B2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2011-07-19 | The General Electric Company | Informative accessories |
US8920333B2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2014-12-30 | Yrt Limited | Method and device for generating of a signal that reflects respiratory efforts in patients on ventilatory support |
US8968195B2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2015-03-03 | Bao Tran | Health monitoring appliance |
US20070273216A1 (en) | 2006-05-24 | 2007-11-29 | Farbarik John M | Systems and Methods for Reducing Power Losses in a Medical Device |
US7369757B2 (en) | 2006-05-24 | 2008-05-06 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Systems and methods for regulating power in a medical device |
US20080039735A1 (en) | 2006-06-06 | 2008-02-14 | Hickerson Barry L | Respiratory monitor display |
BRPI0713761B1 (en) | 2006-06-13 | 2023-01-24 | Carefusion 303, Inc | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING CONTROL OVER A PCA DEVICE |
WO2008000299A1 (en) | 2006-06-29 | 2008-01-03 | Maquet Critical Care Ab | Anaesthesia apparatus and method for operating an anaesthesia apparatus |
US7652571B2 (en) | 2006-07-10 | 2010-01-26 | Scott Technologies, Inc. | Graphical user interface for emergency apparatus and method for operating same |
EP2041524A4 (en) | 2006-07-13 | 2011-11-23 | I Stat Corp | Medical data acquisition and patient management system and method |
US7772965B2 (en) | 2006-08-07 | 2010-08-10 | Farhan Fariborz M | Remote wellness monitoring system with universally accessible interface |
EP1897598A1 (en) | 2006-09-06 | 2008-03-12 | Nederlandse Organisatie voor toegepast- natuurwetenschappelijk onderzoek TNO | System for training optimisation |
US20080076970A1 (en) | 2006-09-26 | 2008-03-27 | Mike Foulis | Fluid management measurement module |
US7784461B2 (en) | 2006-09-26 | 2010-08-31 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Three-dimensional waveform display for a breathing assistance system |
US20080072896A1 (en) | 2006-09-27 | 2008-03-27 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Multi-Level User Interface for a Breathing Assistance System |
US20080072902A1 (en) | 2006-09-27 | 2008-03-27 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Preset breath delivery therapies for a breathing assistance system |
DE102006047668B3 (en) | 2006-09-28 | 2008-04-24 | Ing. Erich Pfeiffer Gmbh | inhalator |
US20080078390A1 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2008-04-03 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Incorporated | Providing predetermined groups of trending parameters for display in a breathing assistance system |
DE202006020760U1 (en) | 2006-10-10 | 2010-01-14 | Dräger Medical AG & Co. KG | System for controlling and monitoring therapy modules of a medical workstation |
US8739035B2 (en) | 2006-10-11 | 2014-05-27 | Intel Corporation | Controls and indicators with on-screen cognitive aids |
US20080103368A1 (en) | 2006-10-17 | 2008-05-01 | Ari Craine | Methods, devices, and computer program products for detecting syndromes |
US8881724B2 (en) | 2006-10-19 | 2014-11-11 | The General Electric Company | Device and method for graphical mechanical ventilator setup and control |
US20080251070A1 (en) | 2006-11-02 | 2008-10-16 | Vadim Pinskiy | Method and apparatus for capnography-guided intubation |
US20080156328A1 (en) | 2006-11-13 | 2008-07-03 | John Taube | Solenoid air/oxygen system for use with an adaptive oxygen controller and therapeutic methods of use |
CN101534704A (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2009-09-16 | 诺沃-诺迪斯克有限公司 | Adaptive hypoglycaemia alert system and method |
WO2008062554A1 (en) | 2006-11-20 | 2008-05-29 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Gas purifying device, gas purifying system and gas purifying method |
TWI321465B (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2010-03-11 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Automatic evaluation method and system of cardio-respiratory fitness |
US7885828B2 (en) | 2007-01-17 | 2011-02-08 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Knowledge-based ordering systeming for radiological procedures |
US8020558B2 (en) | 2007-01-26 | 2011-09-20 | Cs Medical, Inc. | System for providing flow-targeted ventilation synchronized to a patient's breathing cycle |
ATE504870T1 (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2011-04-15 | Siemens Ag | METHOD FOR INTEGRATING NETWORK NODES |
EP2121094B1 (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2018-04-25 | Maquet Critical Care AB | Device for manual input and haptic output of patient critical operating parameters in a breathing apparatus |
US20080243016A1 (en) | 2007-03-28 | 2008-10-02 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Pulmonary Artery Pressure Signals And Methods of Using |
US7559903B2 (en) | 2007-03-28 | 2009-07-14 | Tr Technologies Inc. | Breathing sound analysis for detection of sleep apnea/popnea events |
US20080236585A1 (en) | 2007-03-29 | 2008-10-02 | Caldyne Inc. | Indicating device for a ventilator |
US8695593B2 (en) | 2007-03-31 | 2014-04-15 | Fleur T. Tehrani | Weaning and decision support system for mechanical ventilation |
EP1978460B1 (en) | 2007-04-05 | 2014-01-22 | ResMed R&D Germany GmbH | Monitoring device and method |
US8276585B2 (en) | 2007-04-10 | 2012-10-02 | Resmed Limited | Systems and methods for visualizing pressures and pressure responses to sleep-related triggering events |
US20080281219A1 (en) | 2007-04-11 | 2008-11-13 | Deepbreeze Ltd. | Method and System for Assessing Lung Condition and Managing Mechanical Respiratory Ventilation |
US20080255880A1 (en) | 2007-04-16 | 2008-10-16 | Beller Stephen E | Plan-of-Care Order-Execution-Management Software System |
DE102007018810A1 (en) | 2007-04-20 | 2008-10-30 | Siemens Ag | Method for motion monitoring in a medical device and associated medical device |
US8156439B2 (en) | 2007-04-24 | 2012-04-10 | The General Electric Company | Method and apparatus for mimicking the display layout when interfacing to multiple data monitors |
US20090209849A1 (en) | 2007-05-02 | 2009-08-20 | Philip Stephen Rowe | Medical Device Placement and Monitoring System Utilizing Radio Frequency Identification |
US8251703B2 (en) | 2007-05-21 | 2012-08-28 | Johnson County Community College Foundation, Inc. | Healthcare training system and method |
US20080295830A1 (en) | 2007-05-30 | 2008-12-04 | L'air Liquide, Societe Anonyme Pour L'etude Et L'exploitation Des Procedes Georges Claude | Tool and method for customized inhalation |
WO2008148134A1 (en) | 2007-06-01 | 2008-12-04 | Intensive Care On-Line Network, Inc. | Ventilator apparatus and system for ventilation |
US20080295839A1 (en) | 2007-06-01 | 2008-12-04 | Habashi Nader M | Ventilator Apparatus and System of Ventilation |
JP5073371B2 (en) | 2007-06-06 | 2012-11-14 | 株式会社タニタ | Sleep evaluation device |
US9202008B1 (en) | 2007-06-08 | 2015-12-01 | Cleveland Medical Devices Inc. | Method and device for sleep analysis |
US20080312954A1 (en) | 2007-06-15 | 2008-12-18 | Validus Medical Systems, Inc. | System and Method for Generating and Promulgating Physician Order Entries |
US8630704B2 (en) | 2007-06-25 | 2014-01-14 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Neural stimulation with respiratory rhythm management |
US20090005651A1 (en) | 2007-06-27 | 2009-01-01 | Welch Allyn, Inc. | Portable systems, devices and methods for displaying varied information depending on usage circumstances |
US8105282B2 (en) | 2007-07-13 | 2012-01-31 | Iradimed Corporation | System and method for communication with an infusion device |
DE102007037965A1 (en) | 2007-08-11 | 2009-02-19 | Diehl Ako Stiftung & Co. Kg | rotary knobs |
US7967780B2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2011-06-28 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Gastro-esophageal reflux control system and pump |
EP2031541A1 (en) | 2007-09-03 | 2009-03-04 | LG Electronics Inc. | Facility management system and control method of facility management system |
WO2009036334A1 (en) | 2007-09-14 | 2009-03-19 | Corventis, Inc. | Adherent multi-sensor device with empathic monitoring |
WO2009049276A1 (en) | 2007-10-12 | 2009-04-16 | Patientslikeme, Inc. | Personalized management and monitoring of medical conditions |
US8082160B2 (en) | 2007-10-26 | 2011-12-20 | Hill-Rom Services, Inc. | System and method for collection and communication of data from multiple patient care devices |
AU2008326425B2 (en) | 2007-11-19 | 2012-04-26 | Sunmed Group Holdings, Llc | Patient interface assembly for respiratory therapy |
US8355928B2 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2013-01-15 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Medical user interface and workflow management system |
DE102008057469A1 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2009-09-10 | Draeger Medical Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for controlling a heat therapy device |
US20090149200A1 (en) | 2007-12-10 | 2009-06-11 | Symbol Technologies, Inc. | System and method for device or system location optimization |
US20090171167A1 (en) | 2007-12-27 | 2009-07-02 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System And Method For Monitor Alarm Management |
EP2244772B1 (en) | 2008-01-11 | 2016-09-07 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Patient control of ventilation properties |
DE102008010651B4 (en) | 2008-02-22 | 2019-04-25 | Biotronik Se & Co. Kg | System and method for evaluating an impedance curve |
US8121858B2 (en) | 2008-03-24 | 2012-02-21 | International Business Machines Corporation | Optimizing pharmaceutical treatment plans across multiple dimensions |
EP2363163A1 (en) | 2008-03-27 | 2011-09-07 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett LLC | Device for controlled delivery of breathing gas to a patient using multiple ventilation parameters |
WO2009120639A2 (en) | 2008-03-27 | 2009-10-01 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | Breathing assistance systems with lung recruitment maneuvers |
EP2106818B1 (en) | 2008-03-31 | 2013-12-25 | Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc | System for compensating for pressure drop in a breathing assistance system |
EP2265169A4 (en) | 2008-04-03 | 2013-01-09 | Kai Medical Inc | Non-contact physiologic motion sensors and methods for use |
CN102164573B (en) | 2008-07-23 | 2015-12-02 | 菲希欧控制加拿大销售有限公司 | For measuring the CPR auxiliary device of pressing parameter during cardio-pulmonary resuscitation |
US8679012B1 (en) | 2008-08-13 | 2014-03-25 | Cleveland Medical Devices Inc. | Medical device and method with improved biometric verification |
US20100049265A1 (en) | 2008-08-22 | 2010-02-25 | Dymedix Corporation | EMI/ESD hardened sensor interface for a closed loop neuromodulator |
EP2349421B1 (en) | 2008-09-10 | 2019-10-30 | ResMed Pty Ltd | Improved power management in respiratory treatment apparatus |
US8968193B2 (en) | 2008-09-30 | 2015-03-03 | Covidien Lp | System and method for enabling a research mode on physiological monitors |
US10252020B2 (en) | 2008-10-01 | 2019-04-09 | Breathe Technologies, Inc. | Ventilator with biofeedback monitoring and control for improving patient activity and health |
EP2424433A4 (en) | 2009-04-27 | 2014-05-07 | Spacelabs Healthcare Llc | Multiple mode, portable patient monitoring system |
US8603003B2 (en) | 2009-06-03 | 2013-12-10 | Covidien Lp | Trachea pressure determination method and device |
US20100317980A1 (en) | 2009-06-11 | 2010-12-16 | Guglielmino Michael F | Method and device for using a physiological parameter to express evolution |
WO2011005953A2 (en) | 2009-07-10 | 2011-01-13 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | System and method of pulmonary edema detection |
US9330497B2 (en) | 2011-08-12 | 2016-05-03 | St. Jude Medical, Atrial Fibrillation Division, Inc. | User interface devices for electrophysiology lab diagnostic and therapeutic equipment |
JP5756463B2 (en) | 2009-08-19 | 2015-07-29 | ミラドール バイオメディカル, インコーポレイテッド | Device to facilitate access to target anatomical site or environment |
US8596270B2 (en) | 2009-08-20 | 2013-12-03 | Covidien Lp | Systems and methods for controlling a ventilator |
US20110054289A1 (en) | 2009-09-01 | 2011-03-03 | Adidas AG, World of Sports | Physiologic Database And System For Population Modeling And Method of Population Modeling |
WO2011029069A1 (en) | 2009-09-03 | 2011-03-10 | Human Touch, Llc | Comprehensive user control system for therapeutic wellness devices |
CN102725015B (en) | 2009-09-28 | 2015-02-04 | 凯利公司 | Controlling and communicatng with respiratory care devices |
US9364625B2 (en) | 2010-04-08 | 2016-06-14 | Zoll Medical Corporation | Wireless ventilator reporting |
EP2564317A1 (en) | 2010-04-26 | 2013-03-06 | Hu-Do Limited | A computing device operable to work in conjunction with a companion electronic device |
US8938753B2 (en) | 2010-05-12 | 2015-01-20 | Litl Llc | Configurable computer system |
EP2609488A4 (en) | 2010-08-27 | 2015-03-11 | Intel Corp | Touch sensing apparatus and method |
US8937534B2 (en) | 2010-12-08 | 2015-01-20 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Remote control of electronic devices via mobile device |
JP2014503289A (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2014-02-13 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エヌ ヴェ | System and method for providing feedback to a subject undergoing respiratory therapy via a client device associated with the subject |
US20150099458A1 (en) | 2011-01-14 | 2015-04-09 | Covidien Lp | Network-Capable Medical Device for Remote Monitoring Systems |
US8798527B2 (en) | 2011-01-14 | 2014-08-05 | Covidien Lp | Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems |
US8903308B2 (en) * | 2011-01-14 | 2014-12-02 | Covidien Lp | System and method for patient identification in a remote monitoring system |
WO2012131546A2 (en) | 2011-03-28 | 2012-10-04 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | System and method for providing family mode for monitoring devices |
EP3308817B1 (en) | 2011-04-07 | 2019-09-25 | Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited | Electronic apparatus control using a breathing assistance apparatus |
JP6104920B2 (en) | 2011-10-13 | 2017-03-29 | マシモ・コーポレイション | Medical surveillance hub |
US9821129B2 (en) | 2011-11-02 | 2017-11-21 | Vyaire Medical Capital Llc | Ventilation management system |
US9177109B2 (en) | 2011-11-02 | 2015-11-03 | Carefusion 207, Inc. | Healthcare facility ventilation management |
US9737676B2 (en) | 2011-11-02 | 2017-08-22 | Vyaire Medical Capital Llc | Ventilation system |
US9058741B2 (en) | 2012-06-29 | 2015-06-16 | Carefusion 207, Inc. | Remotely accessing a ventilator |
KR101257681B1 (en) | 2011-11-11 | 2013-04-24 | 주식회사 오토스윙 | Apparatus for display data and controlled on power air purifying respirators |
US10638999B2 (en) | 2012-02-02 | 2020-05-05 | Netspective Communications Llc | System for controlling medical devices |
CA2864419C (en) | 2012-02-13 | 2020-04-28 | Integrated Healing Technologies | Multi-modal wound treatment apparatus |
CA3207604A1 (en) | 2012-04-05 | 2013-10-10 | Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited | Breathing assistance apparatus with serviceability features |
CN104541275B (en) | 2012-06-08 | 2017-11-17 | 皇家飞利浦有限公司 | Patient sleeps treat Self management instrument |
US9327090B2 (en) | 2012-06-29 | 2016-05-03 | Carefusion 303, Inc. | Respiratory knowledge portal |
US9204845B2 (en) | 2012-09-24 | 2015-12-08 | Physio-Control, Inc. | Filtering patient signal also for ventilation artifacts |
KR101978743B1 (en) | 2012-10-19 | 2019-08-29 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display device, remote controlling device for controlling the display device and method for controlling a display device, server and remote controlling device |
IL223004A (en) | 2012-11-12 | 2017-01-31 | Inovytec Medical Solutions Ltd | System for providing non-invasive ventilation |
US9795752B2 (en) | 2012-12-03 | 2017-10-24 | Mhs Care-Innovation, Llc | Combination respiratory therapy device, system, and method |
US9839058B2 (en) | 2012-12-17 | 2017-12-05 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Multi function docking module for a pressure support therapy system |
EP2936854B1 (en) | 2012-12-20 | 2019-04-10 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Automatic pairing of wireless peripherals in a system such as pressure support respiratory therapy system |
JP6301829B2 (en) | 2012-12-28 | 2018-03-28 | パナソニック インテレクチュアル プロパティ コーポレーション オブ アメリカPanasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America | Control method |
US9833584B2 (en) | 2013-03-22 | 2017-12-05 | Breathe Technologies, Inc. | Portable ventilator secretion management system |
JP6097677B2 (en) | 2013-12-05 | 2017-03-15 | 日本光電工業株式会社 | Display device and display method |
US9600304B2 (en) | 2014-01-23 | 2017-03-21 | Apple Inc. | Device configuration for multiple users using remote user biometrics |
US9956365B2 (en) | 2014-04-11 | 2018-05-01 | Vyaire Medical Capital Llc | Lung ventilation apparatus |
US9876652B2 (en) | 2014-05-20 | 2018-01-23 | Savant Systems, Llc | Automatic configuration of control device user interface in a home automation system |
JP6697401B2 (en) | 2014-05-27 | 2020-05-27 | レスメド・インコーポレイテッド | Remote diagnosis of respiratory treatment devices |
US20170372600A1 (en) * | 2015-01-16 | 2017-12-28 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Method, apparatus, and computer program product for local control through intermediate device |
WO2016201415A1 (en) | 2015-06-12 | 2016-12-15 | Insulet Corporation | Confirmation of delivery of medication to a host |
US10098594B2 (en) | 2015-07-02 | 2018-10-16 | Hisense Ltd | Portable monitoring device, system and method for monitoring an individual |
US20170303580A1 (en) | 2016-04-25 | 2017-10-26 | Lunatech, Llc | Natural-based liquid composition and electronic vaporizing devices for using such composition |
JP7063805B6 (en) | 2015-10-30 | 2022-06-06 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エヌ ヴェ | Breathing training, observation and / or assistive devices |
GB2540444B (en) | 2015-12-07 | 2017-11-29 | Dobbing Christopher | Respirator mask management system |
US10637683B2 (en) * | 2016-12-23 | 2020-04-28 | Centurylink Intellectual Property Llc | Smart city apparatus, system, and method |
EP3379542B1 (en) | 2017-03-22 | 2024-01-31 | Löwenstein Medical Technology S.A. | Method and device for transmission of ventilation data |
US10905611B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2021-02-02 | Stryker Corporation | Techniques for notifying persons within a vicinity of a patient support apparatus of a remote control function |
US10679748B2 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2020-06-09 | Stryker Corporation | Techniques for remotely controlling a medical device based on image data |
US10335031B1 (en) | 2018-04-11 | 2019-07-02 | Accenture Global Solutions Limited | Vitals monitoring system |
-
2021
- 2021-04-27 US US17/241,638 patent/US11672934B2/en active Active
- 2021-04-30 EP EP21727971.0A patent/EP4150629A1/en active Pending
- 2021-04-30 WO PCT/US2021/030117 patent/WO2021231101A1/en unknown
- 2021-04-30 CN CN202180034528.9A patent/CN115552539A/en active Pending
- 2021-12-07 US US17/544,631 patent/US20220088332A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2023
- 2023-03-17 US US18/185,767 patent/US20230211099A1/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2021231101A1 (en) | 2021-11-18 |
US11672934B2 (en) | 2023-06-13 |
CN115552539A (en) | 2022-12-30 |
US20210353886A1 (en) | 2021-11-18 |
EP4150629A1 (en) | 2023-03-22 |
US20230211099A1 (en) | 2023-07-06 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11672934B2 (en) | Remote ventilator adjustment | |
US11816771B2 (en) | Augmented reality system for displaying patient data | |
US10892052B2 (en) | Graphical user interfaces including touchpad driving interfaces for telemedicine devices | |
EP1388045B1 (en) | A system and method for processing patient information | |
US11357468B2 (en) | Control apparatus operatively coupled with medical imaging apparatus and medical imaging apparatus having the same | |
CN106156495B (en) | Method, ventilator, cloud platform and the system of ventilator parameter setting | |
US20020133061A1 (en) | System and method for processing ventilator information | |
US20120182244A1 (en) | Integrated Multi-Display with Remote Programming and Viewing Capability | |
AU2017280957A1 (en) | Application icon customization | |
US20140270082A1 (en) | X-ray system having a user interface with swipe and log viewing features | |
CN115349150A (en) | Proximity-based remote viewing and control of ventilators | |
WO2022076407A2 (en) | Respiratory distress management apparatus, system and method | |
JP2017146891A (en) | Remote monitoring system for medical equipment, remote monitoring method for medical equipment, and program | |
US11778141B2 (en) | Contactless configuration of a videoconference in sterile environments | |
CN115485004A (en) | System and method for remote control of life-critical medical devices | |
US11815866B2 (en) | Ventilator comprising a device for contactless detection of operations carried out by a user | |
WO2015000979A1 (en) | Patient user interface for controlling a patient display | |
US20230245768A1 (en) | Family ventilator dashboard for medical ventilator | |
WO2017068138A1 (en) | System and method for a mobile device operating as an authenticated input device to a digital workspace |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: COVIDIEN LP, MASSACHUSETTS Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SHANKARANARAYANA, KIRAN;LAFRENIERE, DAVID M.;GLEIM, RYAN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20210426 TO 20210427;REEL/FRAME:058351/0641 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: SPECIAL NEW |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
STCV | Information on status: appeal procedure |
Free format text: NOTICE OF APPEAL FILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |